1 #LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 % the following added in Bahasa Indonesia Version
55 % to follow the most common style (centered chapters) in Indonesia
56 \addtokomafont{chapterentry}{\centering}
57 \addtokomafont{chapter}{\centering}
59 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
60 \use_default_options false
65 \maintain_unincluded_children false
67 \language_package default
72 \font_typewriter default
74 \font_default_family default
75 \use_non_tex_fonts false
81 \default_output_format default
83 \bibtex_command bibtex
84 \index_command default
88 \pdf_title "Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX"
93 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
94 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
95 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
100 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
101 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
104 \use_package amsmath 1
105 \use_package amssymb 1
106 \use_package cancel 0
108 \use_package mathdots 1
109 \use_package mathtools 0
110 \use_package mhchem 1
111 \use_package stackrel 0
112 \use_package stmaryrd 0
113 \use_package undertilde 0
115 \cite_engine_type default
119 \paperorientation portrait
123 \notefontcolor #0000ff
140 \paragraph_separation indent
141 \paragraph_indentation default
142 \quotes_language english
145 \paperpagestyle default
146 \tracking_changes false
147 \output_changes false
156 Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX
164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
166 Petunjuk dalam Bahasa Indonesia ini disunting oleh
171 Apabila anda mempunyai komentar atau menemukan kesalahan yang perlu dikoreksi,
172 silakan kirim komentar ke mailing list LyX,
175 \begin_inset CommandInset href
177 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
191 \begin_inset Newline newline
195 \begin_inset Newline newline
199 \begin_inset Note Note
202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
203 Versi PDF terkini dapat diperoleh disini:
204 \begin_inset Newline newline
209 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
219 LatexCommand tableofcontents
226 \begin_layout Chapter
230 \begin_layout Section
234 \begin_layout Standard
235 LyX adalah suatu sistem pengaturan dokumen yang digunakan untuk menyiapkan
236 manuskrip makalah, buku, surat bisnis, proposal, juga dapat digunakan untuk
239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
247 LyX menggunakan paradigma bahasa perubahan sebagai inti dari gaya penyuntingan,
248 yaitu apabila anda menulis judul bab, maka anda hanya perlu menandainya
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
257 , tidak perlu menyatakan
258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 Huruf Tebal, ukuran 17
262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
265 pt, rata kiri, jarak ke baris berikutnya 5
266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
274 LyX yang akan mengatur semuanya itu.
275 Anda hanya perlu memikirkan tentang isi dan konsep, bukan bagaimana pengaturan
279 \begin_layout Standard
280 Filosopi ini dijelaskan pada buku panduan
281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
293 Apabila belum membacanya, sangat disarankan anda membacanya terlebih dahulu
294 sebelum melanjutkan mempelajari buku panduan ini.
297 \begin_layout Standard
299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
310 , selain menjelaskan tentang filosofi LyX, juga menjelaskan tentang format
311 penulisan yang digunakan di semua buku panduan.
312 Oleh karena itu anda perlu meluangkan waktu untuk membacanya terlebih dahulu.
313 Buku panduan lain yang disarankan dipelajari sebelum membaca buku panduan
314 ini adalah buku panduan
315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
329 \begin_layout Section
330 Bagaimana Tampilan LyX
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 Seperti umumnya aplikasi program lain, LyX mempunyai kotak menu utama di
335 bagian atas jendela kerja.
336 Dibagian bawahnya ada kotak bantuan yang berisi satu kotak pilihan serta
337 berbagai tombol bantuan.
338 Selain itu, ada gulungan vertikal dan area kerja utama untuk menyunting
342 \begin_layout Standard
343 Ada satu hal yang perlu anda ketahui, anda tidak akan menemukan gulungan
345 Hal ini bukanlah karena kutu program atau fitur yang terlupakan, tetapi
346 merupakan kesengajaan.
347 Teks yang ditulis dalam area kerja LyX akan selalu diteruskan di baris
348 bawahnya apabila melewati batas jendela kerja.
349 Oleh karena itu, LyX tidak memerlukan gulungan horisontal, cukup menggunakan
351 Mungkin ada tiga alasan mengapa anda masih memerlukan gulungan horisontal.
352 Yang pertama adalah apabila anda mempunyai gambar yang berukuran besar.
353 Untuk mengatasi hal ini, yang anda perlu lakukan adalah mengatur skala
354 gambar di LyX agar bisa ditampilan seluruhnya di area kerja LyX.
355 Alasan yang kedua dan ketiga adalah berkaitan dengan tabel dan persamaan
356 yang melebihi area kerja.
357 Untuk tabel, anda bisa menggunakan tombol panah untuk menggeser kursor
358 dalam tabel pada arah horisontal.
359 Namun demikian, hal ini belum dapat dilakukan untuk persamaan yang panjang
360 dan melebihi area kerja.
363 \begin_layout Standard
364 Penjelasan ringkas tentang semua menu LyX serta tombol bantuan yang ada,
365 silahkan membaca di Lampiran
370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
372 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
377 Hampir semua menu dapat dipahami dengan sendirinya dari nama menu.
378 Namun demikian anda dapat memperoleh penjelasan lanjut pada sub-bab dalam
384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
386 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
394 \begin_layout Section
398 \begin_layout Standard
399 Bantuan yang disediakan adalah dalam bentuk buku panduan LyX.
404 buku panduan dalam LyX.
405 Caranya sangat mudah, dari menu
409 , kemudian pilihlah buku panduan yang ingin anda baca.
412 \begin_layout Section
414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
416 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
423 \begin_layout Standard
424 Ada beberapa fitur LyX dapat diatur dari dalam LyX, tanpa melakukan perubahan
425 atau menyunting secara langsung pada berkas konfigurasinya.
426 LyX mampu memeriksa sistem anda untuk melihat perangkat lunak, class dokumen
427 LaTeX, serta paket LaTeX yang tersedia.
428 Dengan kemampuan ini, LyX menggunakannya untuk menentukan pengaturan bawaan
434 \begin_inset Index idx
437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
444 Walaupun pengaturan konfigurasi bawaan sudah dilakukan ketika proses instalasi
445 LyX, anda masih mempunyai keleluasaan untuk menambah program tambahan secara
446 lokal, misalnya LaTeX class, yang sebelumnya belum dikenal oleh LyX.
447 Untuk memaksa LyX untuk memeriksa ulang sistem anda, maka anda perlu menggunaka
450 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
454 \begin_inset Index idx
457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
458 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
464 Setelah proses konfigurasi ulang, anda harus menjalankan ulang LyX untuk
465 memastikan semua perubahan diterapkan dalam LyX.
468 \begin_layout Section
470 \begin_inset CommandInset label
472 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
479 \begin_layout Standard
480 Anda dapat menyunting dokumen dalam LyX tanpa instalasi LaTeX, namun demikian
481 anda tidak akan bisa melihat atau mebuat PDF atau mencetak dokumen tanpa
483 Apabila dokumen anda menggunakan DocBook, maka anda akan dapat menghasilkan
484 PDF atau yang setara, selain itu semua dokumen dalam DocBook akan mempunyai
485 keluaran sebagai plain text atau XHTML.
488 \begin_layout Standard
489 Beberapa class dokumen menggunakan kombinasi class LaTeX atau DocBook atau
491 Anda dapat menggunakan class dokumen tersebut walaupun anda tidak memiliki
492 berkas yang seharusnya sudah dipasang.
493 Tentu saja anda tidak dapat melihat hasil keluaran tanpa semua berkas terpasang
497 \begin_layout Standard
498 Semua paket LaTeX yang sudah dideteksi ada dalam sistem anda dapat dilihat
501 Bantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
520 Apabila ada paket-paket yang belum terpasang, anda perlu melakukan instalasi
521 paket kemudian konfigurasi ulang (menu
523 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
531 \begin_inset Note Note
534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
535 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
543 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
544 More about TeX Code is described in section
549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
551 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
555 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
562 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
572 \begin_inset Index idx
575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
576 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
581 Informasi tentang bagaimana melakukan instalasi tambahan paket LaTeX, silahkan
582 lihat sub-bab 5.1 dari buku panduan
584 Perubahan dan Pengaturan
589 \begin_layout Chapter
590 Bagaimana Menggunakan LyX
593 \begin_layout Section
594 Dasar Penggunaan Berkas
595 \begin_inset Index idx
598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
607 \begin_layout Standard
608 Semua penggunaan berkas dapat dimulai dari menu
612 serta ada di kotak bantuan dalam bentuk ikon tombol bantuan.
613 Beberapa menu yang berkaitan dengan berkas adalah:
616 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
629 \begin_layout Itemize
643 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_inset Graphics
654 filename ../../images/file-open.png
662 \begin_layout Itemize
668 \begin_layout Itemize
674 \begin_inset Graphics
675 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
683 \begin_layout Itemize
701 \begin_layout Itemize
711 \begin_layout Itemize
721 \begin_layout Itemize
727 \begin_layout Itemize
733 \begin_layout Itemize
739 \begin_inset Graphics
740 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
748 \begin_layout Itemize
754 \begin_layout Standard
755 Secara umum, hampir semua operasi berkas mirip dengan yang ada di pengolah
757 Hanya saja di LyX ada sedikit perbedaan.
758 Apabila membuka berkas baru dari The
760 Berkas\SpecialChar \menuseparator
762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
766 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
771 bukan hanya menuntun anda untuk memberi nama berkas tetapi juga memilih
772 templet yang akan anda gunakan.
773 Dengan memilih templet secara otomatis akan mengatur fitur utama tataletak
774 dokumen, sedangkan fitur lainnya dapat anda atur sendiri.
775 Templet mungkin menggunakan kelas dokumen tertentu (lihat subbab
780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
782 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
789 \begin_layout Standard
806 sangat berguna apabila anda bersama teman-teman anda menyunting berkas
811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
812 Apabila anda akan melakukan hal ini, anda perlu mempelajari fitur Kontrol
813 Versi yang ditulis di buku panduan
832 akan memuat ulang dokumen dari cakra.
833 Anda dapat menggunakan operasi
841 untuk mengabaikan perubahan yang sudah anda lakukan dan mengembalikan ke
842 berkas terakhir yang anda simpan.
843 Dengan operasi berkas
851 anda dapat mendaftarkan catatan perubahan pada dokumen sehingga orang lain
852 akan dapat mengenali perubahan yang telah anda lakukan.
855 \begin_layout Section
856 Dasar Fitur Penyuntingan
857 \begin_inset Index idx
860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
869 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
876 \begin_layout Standard
877 Seperti pengolah kata modern lainnya, operasi penyuntingan dengan potong
878 dan tempel dalam LyX dapat dipraktekkan untuk teks, berupa karakter, kata,
879 maupun keseluruhan halaman atau bahkan lebih dari satu halaman.
880 Pada empat subbab berikut akan menjelaskan fitur penyuntingan yang ada
881 dalam LyX dan bagaimana memanfaatkannya.
882 Kita akan memulai dari potong dan tempel.
885 \begin_layout Standard
886 Seperti yang anda perkirakan, menu
890 dan kotak bantuan standar menyediakan perintah potong dan tempelkan serta
891 fitur suntingan lainnya.
892 Beberapa perintah suntingan perlu pembahasan khusus sehingga dikelompokkan
893 dalam pembahasan subbab berikutnya.
894 Perintah suntingan utama adalah:
897 \begin_layout Itemize
903 \begin_inset Graphics
904 filename ../../images/cut.png
912 \begin_layout Itemize
918 \begin_inset Graphics
919 filename ../../images/copy.png
927 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../../images/paste.png
942 \begin_layout Itemize
946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
950 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
956 \begin_layout Itemize
960 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
966 \begin_layout Itemize
970 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
974 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
980 \begin_inset Graphics
981 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
990 \begin_layout Standard
991 Tiga perintah suntingan yang pertama dapat dipahami dari nama perintahnya
993 Hanya ada beberapa catatan: apabila anda memilih dan menandai teks di dokumen
994 anda, maka secara otomatis akan tersimpam di papan klip.
1003 juga berfungsi sebagai perintah
1008 Selain itu yang paling penting, jika anda memilih dan menandai teks, harap
1009 hati-hati: jika anda menekan salah satu tombol, maka LyX akan menghapus
1010 teks yang anda pilih tadi dan mengganti dengan dengan huruf atau karakter
1012 Untuk mengembalikannya, anda perlu melakukan perintah
1016 agar teks dikembalikan seperti semula.
1019 \begin_layout Standard
1020 \begin_inset Index idx
1023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1029 Anda dapat dapat menyalin teks di LyX juga dari program lainnya menggunakan
1048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1063 akan menampilkan daftar teks yang terakhir anda tempelkan.
1066 \begin_layout Standard
1069 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1071 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1084 akan menyisipkan teks yang tersimpan di papan klip sedemikian sehingga teks
1085 yang disisipkan dalam
1090 Paragraf baru akan dimulai apabila ada baris kosong.
1095 , teks disisipkan sebagai paragraf baru, dimana setiap ganti baris menjadi
1099 \begin_layout Standard
1100 \begin_inset Index idx
1103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1110 \begin_inset Index idx
1113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1121 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1123 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1140 akan membuka jendela dialog
1143 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1147 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1153 Apabila anda sudah menemukan kata atau ekspresi yang anda cari, LyX akan
1155 Dengan menekan tombol
1159 , kata yang ditemukan tadi akan digantikan dengan teks yang ada di area
1165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1173 Anda bisa meneruskan pencarian dengan menekan tombol Berikutnya.
1174 Jika anda menekan tombol
1179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1186 maka semua kata yang ada di dokumen akan diganti seketika secara otomatis.
1190 \begin_layout Standard
1191 Apabila anda ingin mempertimbangkan huruf besar/kecil, anda perlu menggunakan
1194 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1206 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1234 anda bisa mengatur pencarian yang anda inginkan.
1235 Apabila anda mengkatifkan pilihan
1238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1247 , maka pencarian kata
1248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1280 akan memaksa LyX hanya mencari kata tersebut, misalnya pencarian
1281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1292 tidak akan menemukan
1293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1307 LyX offers also an advanced
1310 \begin_inset space ~
1314 \begin_inset space ~
1319 feature that is described in sec.
1320 \begin_inset space ~
1324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1326 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1333 \begin_layout Standard
1334 Beberapa sisipan tambahan berformat, seperti nota, ambangan, dll., dapat
1336 Maknanya apabila tanda sisipan dihilangkan, maka isinya akan berubah menjadi
1338 Cara menguraikan sisipan tambahan adalah dengan meletakkan kursor di lokasi
1339 paling depan dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan tombol ketik
1343 atau meletakkan kursor di bagian akhir dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan
1351 \begin_layout Standard
1354 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1357 arg "inset-select-all"
1363 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1366 selects the whole document.
1369 \begin_layout Section
1370 Batalkan dan Kembalikan
1371 \begin_inset Index idx
1374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1381 \begin_inset Index idx
1384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1393 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1400 \begin_layout Standard
1401 Jika anda membuat kesalahan anda dapat dengan mudah membatalkannya.
1402 Anda perlu ke menu Suntingan
1404 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1407 atau dari tombol bantuan
1412 \begin_inset Graphics
1413 filename ../../images/undo.png
1418 untuk membatalkan apa yang baru saja anda lakukan.
1419 LyX mempunyai kemampunyan menyimpan dalam kapasitas yang besar untuk membatalka
1421 Saat ini mekanisme simpanan maksimum adalah sampai 100
1422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1426 Apabila secara tidak sengaja anda melakukan proses pembatalan yang terlebih,
1427 anda bisa mengembalikannya dari menu
1429 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1432 atau dengan menekan tombol
1433 \begin_inset Graphics
1434 filename ../../images/redo.png
1442 \begin_layout Standard
1443 Apabila anda mengembalikan perubahan sampai ke kondisi dokumen saat terakhir
1444 disimpan, status dokumen
1445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1452 tidak akan menjadi normal kembali seperti tidak ada perubahan.
1453 Hal ini karena anda sebenarnya melakukan perubahan pada dokumen.
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1465 dapat dilakukan untuk apa saja di LyX.
1466 Namun demikian proses
1474 pada teks tidak dilakukan untuk setiap karakter, tetapi berlaku untuk kumpulan
1478 \begin_layout Section
1480 \begin_inset Index idx
1483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1492 \begin_layout Standard
1493 Berikut ini adalah dasar pengunaan tetikus.
1496 \begin_layout Enumerate
1501 \begin_layout Itemize
1506 sekali di daerah jendela kerja LyX.
1507 Kursor akan mengikuti dan berkedip tepat di tempat anda menekan tombol
1512 \begin_layout Enumerate
1513 Memilih dan Menandai Teks
1517 \begin_layout Itemize
1522 kemudian seret tetikus.
1523 LyX akan menandai teks mulai dari awal kursor sebelum diseret sampai ke
1524 tempat posisi kursor setelah diseret.
1527 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1530 untuk membuat salinan teks dalam simpanan LyX (dan papan klip).
1533 \begin_layout Itemize
1534 Pindahkan kursor ke tempat lain kemudian tempelkan teks yang disimpan ke
1535 lokasi baru, menggunakan
1537 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1544 \begin_layout Enumerate
1545 Sisipan Tambahan (Catatan kaki, Nota, Ambangan, etc.)
1549 \begin_layout Standard
1554 pada sisipan tambahan untuk melihat propertinya.
1555 Anda perlu membaca pada bab tertentu di buku panduan ini untuk penjelasan
1560 \begin_layout Section
1562 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1564 name "sec:Navigating"
1569 \begin_inset Index idx
1572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1581 \begin_layout Standard
1584 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1587 \begin_layout Itemize
1594 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1595 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1598 \begin_layout Itemize
1601 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1603 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1606 or by the toolbar button
1609 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1615 \begin_layout Itemize
1618 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1620 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1623 and use the same menu to return to them.
1624 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1627 \begin_layout Standard
1633 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1638 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1639 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1642 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1643 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1644 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1645 your last editing position.
1648 \begin_layout Subsection
1654 \begin_layout Standard
1657 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1665 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1666 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1667 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1668 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1669 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1672 LatexCommand formatted
1673 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1677 ), or notes, or citations (see
1678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1679 LatexCommand formatted
1680 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1685 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1687 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1688 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1689 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1690 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1693 LatexCommand formatted
1694 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1698 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1700 LatexCommand formatted
1701 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1706 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1710 \begin_layout Standard
1713 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1714 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1715 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1716 dialog and to modify the citation.
1717 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1721 \begin_layout Standard
1724 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1726 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1727 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1735 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1738 \begin_layout Standard
1741 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1742 you further to control the display.
1747 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1748 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1753 option keeps it in the current view state.
1754 Keeping means that when you have e.
1755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1759 \begin_inset space \space{}
1762 the subsections of section
1763 \begin_inset space ~
1766 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1767 \begin_inset space ~
1770 3, the subsections of section
1771 \begin_inset space ~
1774 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1779 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1780 \begin_inset space ~
1784 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1794 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1797 \begin_layout Standard
1801 \begin_inset space ~
1805 \begin_inset Graphics
1806 filename ../../images/reload.png
1811 \begin_inset space ~
1814 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1815 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1818 \begin_inset space \space{}
1822 \begin_inset Graphics
1823 filename ../../images/down.png
1825 groupId toolbarbuttons
1830 \begin_inset space ~
1834 \begin_inset space \space{}
1838 \begin_inset Graphics
1839 filename ../../images/up.png
1841 groupId toolbarbuttons
1846 \begin_inset space ~
1849 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1850 So, for example, you can move section
1851 \begin_inset space ~
1855 \begin_inset space ~
1858 2.4 or after section
1859 \begin_inset space ~
1863 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1865 \begin_inset Graphics
1866 filename ../../images/outline-out.png
1868 groupId toolbarbuttons
1873 \begin_inset Graphics
1874 filename ../../images/outline-in.png
1876 groupId toolbarbuttons
1880 (or the corresponding key bindings
1888 ) you can change the level of sections.
1889 So you can for example make section
1890 \begin_inset space ~
1894 \begin_inset space ~
1898 \begin_inset space ~
1904 \begin_layout Section
1905 Masukan / Melengkapi Kata
1906 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1908 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1913 \begin_inset Index idx
1916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1923 \begin_inset Index idx
1926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1957 \begin_layout Standard
1958 LyX menyediakan data kata-kata untuk mempercepat proses penyuntingan dari
1959 hasil memindai kata-kata dalam dokumen yang sedang dibuka.
1960 Semua kata-kata yang ada dalam dokumen disimpan dalam basis data untuk
1961 digunakan melengkapi kata saat proses penyuntingan.
1964 \begin_layout Standard
1965 Pengaturan bawaan LyX untuk melengkapi kata adalah dalam bentuk yang paling
1966 sederhana yaitu menggunakan tampilan kursor segitiga sebagai tanda bahwa
1967 sudah ada kata tersedia.
1968 Anda tinggal menggunakan tombol
1972 untuk melengkapi kata.
1973 Apabila ada beberapa pilihan kata tersedia, jendela kecil akan muncul dan
1974 menampilkan kata-kata tersebut.
1975 Anda dapat memilih dengan menggunakan tetikus atau tombol panah, kemudian
1976 menetapkan pilihan dengan menekan tombol
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 Untuk menghilangkan tanda melengkapi segitiga, anda perlu mengubah pengaturan
1988 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 kemudian dari seksi Penyuntingan
1993 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1995 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2000 anda perlu melepaskan pilihan
2005 Sedangkan pengaturan
2007 Melengkapi kata otomatis pada baris
2009 , pilihan kata akan ditampilkan pada baris dibelakang posisi kursor.
2010 Untuk menerima saran kata yang muncul pada baris, anda cukup menekan tombol
2016 Apabila menggunakan pengaturan
2018 Menampilkan jendela pilihan otomatis
2020 , maka jendela pilihan kata akan selalu ditampilkan.
2021 LyX mempunyai berbagai pengaturan melengkapi kata untuk yang sudah mahir.
2022 Pengaturan lanjut akan dapat ditemui di subbab.
2023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2029 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
2036 \begin_layout Section
2037 Gabungan tombol ketik
2038 \begin_inset Index idx
2041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2042 Gabungan tombol ketik
2048 \begin_inset Index idx
2051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2063 Gabungan tombol ketik
2067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2080 \begin_inset Index idx
2083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2114 \begin_layout Standard
2115 Ada dua peta utama untuk gabungan tombol ketik: CUA dan Emacs.
2116 Bawaan LyX menggunakan CUA.
2119 \begin_layout Standard
2120 Beberapa tombol ketik, seperti
2123 \begin_inset space ~
2131 \begin_inset space ~
2152 , sudah dapat berfungsi seperti yang anda harapkan.
2153 Namun demikian beberapa tombol ketik mungkin perlu dipahami fungsinya.
2156 \begin_layout Labeling
2157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2161 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2162 LatexCommand nomenclature
2164 description "Tombol ketik Tabulator"
2170 LyC tidak memfungsikan tombol ini sebagai hentian tab.
2171 Apabila anda belum memahaminya anda silahkan sekarang membaca terlebih
2173 \begin_inset space ~
2177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2179 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2186 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2191 \begin_inset space ~
2195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2197 reference "sub:Lists"
2203 Apabila anda masih merasa belum mengerti juga, mungkin anda perlu membaca
2211 \begin_layout Labeling
2212 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2216 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2217 LatexCommand nomenclature
2219 description "Tombol ketik Escape"
2225 Tombol ini digunakan sebagai
2226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2233 Secara umum tombol ini memang digunakan untuk membatalkan penyuntingan.
2234 Buku petunjuk ini juga akan membahas lebih terperinci tentang pemanfaatannya.
2237 \begin_layout Labeling
2238 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2244 \begin_inset space ~
2248 \begin_inset space ~
2259 akan memindahkan kursor ke bagian awal dari baris dan tombol
2263 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir baris.
2264 Jika anda menggunakan peta Emacs,
2268 memindah ke bagian awal berkas sementara
2272 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir berkas.
2275 \begin_layout Standard
2276 Ada tiga tombol ketik pengubah:
2279 \begin_layout Labeling
2280 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2285 (Diseluruh buku petunjuk Disingkat dengan
2286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2298 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2299 LatexCommand nomenclature
2301 description "Tombol ketik Control"
2305 ) Tombol ini mempunyai beberapa fungsi, tergantung dengan tombol ketik lain
2306 yang dikombinasikan:
2310 \begin_layout Itemize
2319 , akan menghapus seluruh kata bukan hanya satu karakter.
2322 \begin_layout Itemize
2331 , akan menggerakkan kursor satu kata kekiri atau kekanan.
2334 \begin_layout Itemize
2343 , akan memindah kursor ke bagian awal dokumen atau ke bagian akhir dokumen.
2347 \begin_layout Labeling
2348 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2353 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2366 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2367 LatexCommand nomenclature
2369 description "Tombol ketik Shift"
2373 ) Tombol ini digunakan untuk menandai teks dengan tombol panah, dimulai
2374 dari posisi awal ke sampai berhenti menggerakkan.
2377 \begin_layout Labeling
2378 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2383 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2396 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2397 LatexCommand nomenclature
2399 description "Tombol ketik Alt atau tombol ketik Meta"
2403 ) Sebagian besar papan ketik mempunyai tombol Alt, hanya beberapa papan
2404 ketik yang menggunakan tombol Meta.
2405 Jika anda memiliki keduanya, anda harus mencoba untuk memastikan tombol
2406 yang benar-benar aktif sebagai
2411 Tombol ini memiliki berbagai kegunaan selain berfungsi sebagai tombol
2416 Apabila anda menggunakan dengan kombinasi huruf dibawah menu, berarti and
2417 memilih menu tersebut.
2421 \begin_layout Standard
2422 Misalnya, urutan menekan tombol
2423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2429 \begin_inset space ~
2433 \begin_inset space ~
2439 \begin_inset space ~
2443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2446 akan membawa anda ke dialog
2447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2462 \begin_inset space ~
2468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2478 \begin_layout Standard
2483 memberikan daftar berbagai kombinasi perintah yang dinyatakan dengan tombol
2492 \begin_layout Standard
2493 Anda akan banyak menemukan berbagai gabungan tombol ketik serta pintasan
2494 yang digunakan di LyX, karena setiap perintah gabungan akan menampilkan
2495 aksi yang anda lakukan serta pilihan gabungan tombol ketik lain yang bisa
2496 anda pilih di jendela status bawah.
2497 Notasi gabungan tombol ketik yang muncul akan mirip dengan yang digunakan
2498 di buku petunjuk, sehingga tidak membingungkan anda.
2499 Namun demikian untuk tombol Shift akan dinyatakan secara eksplisit, sehingga
2501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2516 diikuti dengan menulis huruf besar
2523 \begin_layout Standard
2524 Anda bisa melihat berbagai perintah gabungan melalui menu
2526 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2531 Penyuntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2538 seperti dijelaskan di subbab
2539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2545 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2552 \begin_layout Chapter
2554 \begin_inset Index idx
2557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2566 \begin_layout Section
2568 \begin_inset Index idx
2571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2580 \begin_layout Subsection
2584 \begin_layout Standard
2585 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2586 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2587 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2588 numbering schemes, and so on.
2589 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2590 and format the title of your document differently.
2593 \begin_layout Standard
2598 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2599 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2600 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2601 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2602 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2605 \begin_layout Standard
2606 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2607 how to adjust their properties.
2610 \begin_layout Subsection
2612 \begin_inset Index idx
2615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2624 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2631 \begin_layout Standard
2632 You can select a class using the
2634 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2635 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2639 \begin_inset Index idx
2642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2649 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2653 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2657 \begin_layout Standard
2658 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2662 \begin_layout Description
2663 Article for basic articles
2666 \begin_layout Description
2667 Report for basic reports
2670 \begin_layout Description
2671 Book for writing a book
2674 \begin_layout Description
2675 Letter for US-style letters
2678 \begin_layout Standard
2679 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2680 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2681 will include many of these.
2682 Here are some of the classes.
2683 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2685 Special Document Classes
2694 \begin_layout Description
2695 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2698 \begin_layout Description
2699 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2703 \begin_layout Description
2704 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2708 \begin_layout Description
2709 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2710 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2711 There are three article layouts available.
2712 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2713 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2714 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2715 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2720 sequential numbering
2721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2724 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2725 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2726 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2727 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2730 \begin_layout Description
2731 Beamer Layout for presentations
2734 \begin_layout Description
2735 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2736 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2740 \begin_layout Description
2741 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2744 \begin_layout Description
2746 \begin_inset space ~
2749 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2752 \begin_layout Description
2753 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2756 \begin_layout Description
2757 Foils Used to make transparencies
2760 \begin_layout Description
2761 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2762 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2766 \begin_layout Description
2767 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2768 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2771 \begin_layout Description
2772 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2775 \begin_layout Description
2776 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2779 \begin_layout Description
2780 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2781 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2782 (Is used by this document.)
2785 \begin_layout Description
2786 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2789 \begin_layout Description
2790 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2793 \begin_layout Description
2798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2805 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2806 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2808 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2811 \begin_layout Description
2812 Slides Used to make transparencies
2815 \begin_layout Description
2817 \begin_inset space ~
2820 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2821 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2824 \begin_layout Description
2825 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2828 \begin_layout Standard
2829 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2831 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2837 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2838 of the document classes.
2841 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2845 \begin_layout Standard
2846 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2849 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2850 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2852 \begin_inset Index idx
2855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2872 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2873 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2877 \begin_inset space ~
2884 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2885 that are not installed to produce output.
2886 So it seems that something is wrong.
2889 \begin_layout Standard
2890 But nothing is wrong.
2891 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2892 and some of them, like
2896 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2897 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2898 files, with a growing number.
2899 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2900 by some document class.
2901 There are just too many of them.
2902 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2905 \begin_layout Standard
2906 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2907 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2908 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2909 document class for a new file.
2910 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2915 Installing new LaTeX files
2916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2923 manual for information on how to install them.
2924 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2930 \begin_layout Standard
2931 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2932 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2934 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2935 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2936 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2938 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2941 \begin_inset space ~
2948 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2951 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2960 \begin_inset Index idx
2963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2972 \begin_layout Standard
2973 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2974 chosen document class.
2975 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2976 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2983 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2987 \begin_inset Index idx
2990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2997 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
3001 \begin_layout Standard
3002 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
3003 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
3004 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
3005 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
3006 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
3007 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
3008 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
3010 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3014 \begin_inset Index idx
3017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3018 Reconfiguration of LyX
3024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3027 Installing new LaTeX files
3028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3035 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
3038 \begin_layout Standard
3039 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3047 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
3048 LyX will advise you about these things.
3056 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3060 name "sub:Local-Layout"
3065 \begin_inset Index idx
3068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3069 Document ! Local Layout
3077 \begin_layout Standard
3078 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
3079 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
3080 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
3081 writing a module for this purpose.
3082 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
3083 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
3085 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
3086 What you want is LyX's
3087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3103 manual for information on how to use it.
3106 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3110 \begin_layout Standard
3111 Each class has a default set of options.
3112 Here's a quick table describing them:
3115 \begin_layout Standard
3116 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3122 \begin_layout Standard
3124 \begin_inset Tabular
3125 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3126 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
3127 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3128 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3129 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3130 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3585 \begin_layout Standard
3586 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3592 \begin_layout Standard
3593 You're probably also wondering what
3594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3598 \begin_inset space ~
3602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3606 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3607 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3612 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3617 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3627 headings, there are also
3635 headings, and so on.
3636 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3637 \begin_inset space ~
3641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3643 reference "sub:Headings"
3650 \begin_layout Subsection
3652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3654 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3659 \begin_inset Index idx
3662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3671 \begin_inset Index idx
3674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3683 \begin_layout Standard
3684 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3686 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3697 \begin_inset space ~
3702 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3704 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3705 to use for your document.
3706 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3710 \begin_layout Standard
3717 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3723 \begin_inset space ~
3728 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3729 You can choose between the following five options:
3732 \begin_layout Labeling
3733 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3738 Use default page style of current class.
3741 \begin_layout Labeling
3742 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3747 No page numbers or headings.
3750 \begin_layout Labeling
3751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3759 \begin_layout Labeling
3760 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3765 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3766 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3767 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3770 \begin_layout Labeling
3771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3776 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3777 have the LaTeX-package
3782 \begin_inset Index idx
3785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3786 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3792 How they are defined is explained in section
3793 \begin_inset space ~
3797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3799 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3806 \begin_layout Standard
3807 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3808 \begin_inset space ~
3812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3814 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3821 \begin_layout Subsection
3822 Paper Size and Orientation
3823 \begin_inset Index idx
3826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3827 Document ! Paper size
3833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3835 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 You'll find the following options in the menu
3846 \begin_inset space ~
3853 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3859 \begin_inset Index idx
3862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3871 \begin_layout Labeling
3872 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3876 \begin_inset space ~
3881 What size paper to print on.
3885 \begin_layout Itemize
3891 \begin_layout Itemize
3901 \begin_layout Itemize
3907 \begin_layout Itemize
3913 \begin_layout Itemize
3919 \begin_layout Itemize
3925 \begin_layout Itemize
3931 \begin_layout Labeling
3932 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3937 To choose whether to output as
3948 \begin_layout Labeling
3949 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3953 \begin_inset space ~
3958 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3959 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3962 \begin_layout Subsection
3964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3971 \begin_inset Index idx
3974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3981 \begin_inset Index idx
3984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3993 \begin_layout Standard
3994 Paper margins are set in the menu
3996 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4000 \begin_inset Index idx
4003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4012 \begin_layout Standard
4013 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
4014 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
4015 the paper format and the font size into account.
4018 \begin_layout Subsection
4022 \begin_layout Standard
4023 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
4028 That includes the paragraph environments.
4029 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
4030 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
4031 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
4032 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
4033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4041 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
4043 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
4044 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
4045 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
4048 \begin_layout Section
4049 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4050 \begin_inset Index idx
4053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4054 Paragraph ! Indentation
4062 \begin_layout Subsection
4064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4066 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
4073 \begin_layout Standard
4074 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4075 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4078 \begin_layout Standard
4079 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4080 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4081 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4082 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
4086 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4092 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4093 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
4094 language than English.
4095 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
4098 \begin_layout Standard
4099 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4100 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
4102 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4103 LyX takes care of that.
4104 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4106 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4107 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4108 of a page, and so on.
4112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4113 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4118 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4119 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4123 of these pre-coded spacings.
4124 We'll explain more later.
4127 \begin_layout Subsection
4128 Paragraph Separation
4129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4131 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4136 \begin_inset Index idx
4139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4140 Paragraph ! Separation
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4149 To separate paragraphs, select
4160 \begin_inset space ~
4167 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4171 \begin_inset Index idx
4174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4180 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4181 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
4182 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
4185 \begin_layout Standard
4195 \begin_layout Standard
4196 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
4197 \begin_inset space ~
4201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4203 reference "cap:Units"
4208 The default length is 30
4209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4215 \begin_layout Subsection
4219 \begin_layout Standard
4220 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4223 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4225 \begin_inset space ~
4230 dialog and toggle the
4233 \begin_inset space ~
4238 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4241 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4245 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4246 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4250 \begin_layout Standard
4251 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4252 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4255 \begin_layout Subsection
4257 \begin_inset Index idx
4260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4261 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4269 \begin_layout Standard
4272 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4276 \begin_inset Index idx
4279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4288 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4291 \begin_inset space ~
4300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4301 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4306 \begin_inset Index idx
4309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4310 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4315 installed to use this feature.
4323 \begin_layout Section
4324 Paragraph Environments
4325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4327 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4332 \begin_inset Index idx
4335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4336 Paragraph ! Environments
4342 \begin_inset Index idx
4345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4346 Paragraph environments|(
4354 \begin_layout Subsection
4358 \begin_layout Standard
4359 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4362 \begin_layout Standard
4381 \begin_inset Newline newline
4384 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4385 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4386 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4395 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4398 \begin_layout Standard
4399 A paragraph environment is simply a
4400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4407 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4408 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4409 scheme, labels, and so on.
4410 Additionally, you can
4411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4418 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4419 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4420 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4421 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4422 days of typewriters.
4423 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4425 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4428 \begin_layout Standard
4429 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4430 \begin_inset Graphics
4431 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4437 at the left end of the toolbar.
4438 LyX will change the environment of the
4442 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4443 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4444 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4448 \begin_layout Standard
4457 create a new paragraph using the
4461 paragraph environment.
4463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4470 because if you are in one of these environments:
4473 \begin_layout Itemize
4479 \begin_layout Itemize
4485 \begin_layout Itemize
4491 \begin_layout Itemize
4497 \begin_layout Itemize
4503 \begin_layout Itemize
4509 \begin_layout Itemize
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4520 , rather than resetting it to
4525 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4526 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4527 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4528 \begin_inset space ~
4532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4534 reference "sec:Nesting"
4539 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4544 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4545 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4549 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
4555 \begin_layout Subsection
4559 \begin_layout Standard
4560 The default paragraph environment is
4565 It creates a plain paragraph.
4566 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4567 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4568 this manual) are in the
4575 \begin_layout Standard
4576 You can nest a paragraph using the
4580 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4588 \begin_layout Subsection
4590 \begin_inset Index idx
4593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4602 \begin_layout Standard
4603 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4612 for thanks or contact information.
4613 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4614 page along with today's date.
4615 For other types of documents, the title
4616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4623 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4627 \begin_layout Standard
4628 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4642 Here's how you use them:
4645 \begin_layout Itemize
4646 Put the title of your document in the
4653 \begin_layout Itemize
4654 Put the author name in the
4661 \begin_layout Itemize
4662 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4663 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4669 Note that using this environment is optional.
4670 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4671 If you don't want any date, add the line
4672 \begin_inset Newline newline
4682 \begin_inset Newline newline
4685 to the preamble of your document (menu
4687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4693 \begin_layout Standard
4694 You can use footnotes to insert
4695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4702 or contact information.
4705 \begin_layout Subsection
4707 \begin_inset Index idx
4710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4726 \begin_layout Standard
4727 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4728 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4731 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4733 \begin_inset Index idx
4736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4737 Section headings ! Numbered
4745 \begin_layout Standard
4746 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4750 \begin_layout Enumerate
4756 \begin_layout Enumerate
4762 \begin_layout Enumerate
4768 \begin_layout Enumerate
4774 \begin_layout Enumerate
4780 \begin_layout Enumerate
4786 \begin_layout Enumerate
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4794 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4795 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4798 \begin_layout Standard
4799 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4800 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4801 You group the book into chapters.
4802 LyX does similar grouping:
4805 \begin_layout Itemize
4810 is divided in either
4821 \begin_layout Itemize
4833 \begin_layout Itemize
4845 \begin_layout Itemize
4857 \begin_layout Itemize
4869 \begin_layout Itemize
4881 \begin_layout Standard
4882 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4890 Not all document types use the
4894 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4899 is the top-level heading.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4912 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4913 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4915 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4927 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4929 \begin_inset Index idx
4932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4933 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4941 \begin_layout Standard
4942 The unnumbered section headings have a
4943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4950 at the end of their name.
4951 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4952 the table of contents, see section
4953 \begin_inset space ~
4957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4966 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4967 Changing the Numbering
4968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4970 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4977 \begin_layout Standard
4978 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4979 in the Table of Contents.
4980 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4982 Certain classes start with
4996 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5006 This is something you can change.
5009 \begin_layout Standard
5012 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5018 \begin_inset Index idx
5021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5032 \begin_inset space ~
5036 \begin_inset space ~
5041 you'll see two counters.
5046 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
5048 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
5052 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5053 Short Titles of Headings
5054 \begin_inset Index idx
5057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5058 Section headings ! Short titles
5064 \begin_inset Argument 1
5067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5076 name "sec:Short-Titles"
5083 \begin_layout Standard
5084 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
5085 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
5086 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
5087 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
5090 \begin_layout Standard
5091 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
5092 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
5093 avoiding the problem mentioned.
5094 To specify a short title, use the menu
5096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5098 \begin_inset space ~
5104 This will insert a box labeled
5105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5120 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
5121 This also works for captions inside floats.
5124 \begin_layout Standard
5125 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
5128 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5132 \begin_layout Standard
5133 The following information applies to all section headings:
5136 \begin_layout Itemize
5137 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
5140 \begin_layout Itemize
5141 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5144 \begin_layout Itemize
5145 You can only use inline math in these environments.
5148 \begin_layout Itemize
5149 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5152 \begin_layout Subsection
5153 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
5156 \begin_layout Standard
5157 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5171 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5172 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5173 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5174 the text they contain.
5175 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5183 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5186 \begin_layout Standard
5187 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5196 when you start a new paragraph.
5197 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5201 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5202 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5203 to change back to the
5207 environment yourself.
5210 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5227 \begin_inset Index idx
5230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5239 \begin_layout Standard
5240 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5241 time for the differences.
5250 are identical except for one difference:
5254 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5263 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5266 \begin_layout Standard
5267 Here's an example of the
5280 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5282 See – no indentation!
5286 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5287 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5288 the other paragraph.
5291 \begin_layout Standard
5292 Here's another example, this time in the
5299 \begin_layout Quotation
5305 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5306 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5307 the first line, then
5311 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5315 you were quoting other text.
5318 \begin_layout Quotation
5319 Here's a new paragraph.
5320 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5321 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5324 \begin_layout Standard
5325 As the examples show,
5329 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5330 They should put quotes in the
5335 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5339 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5348 \begin_inset Index idx
5351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5360 \begin_inset Index idx
5363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5379 \begin_layout Standard
5384 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5390 \begin_inset Newline newline
5393 Which I did not rehearse!
5397 It could be much worse.
5398 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5400 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5401 indented a bit more than the first.
5402 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5408 \begin_inset Newline newline
5411 And make things look fine
5412 \begin_inset Newline newline
5418 arg "newline-insert newline"
5424 \begin_layout Standard
5429 does not indent both margins.
5430 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5431 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5438 arg "newline-insert newline"
5444 \begin_layout Subsection
5446 \begin_inset Index idx
5449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5465 \begin_layout Standard
5466 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5476 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5485 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5486 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5487 some general features of all four of them.
5490 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5494 \begin_layout Standard
5495 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5497 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5506 reset the environment to
5510 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5511 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5512 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5516 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
5519 to break paragraphs.
5522 \begin_layout Standard
5523 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5524 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5526 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5527 you read all of section
5528 \begin_inset space ~
5532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5534 reference "sec:Nesting"
5542 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5548 \begin_inset Index idx
5551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5567 \begin_layout Standard
5568 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5572 paragraph environment.
5573 It has the following properties:
5576 \begin_layout Itemize
5577 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5581 \begin_layout Itemize
5582 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5585 \begin_layout Itemize
5586 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5590 \begin_layout Itemize
5591 The items can have any length.
5592 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5593 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5600 \begin_layout Itemize
5605 environment inside another
5609 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5613 \begin_layout Itemize
5614 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5617 \begin_layout Itemize
5618 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5621 \begin_layout Itemize
5623 \begin_inset space ~
5627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5629 reference "sec:Nesting"
5633 for a full explanation of nesting.
5637 \begin_layout Standard
5638 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5647 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5650 \begin_layout Standard
5651 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5652 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5655 \begin_layout Itemize
5656 The label for the first level
5660 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5664 \begin_layout Itemize
5665 The label for the second level is a dash.
5669 \begin_layout Itemize
5670 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5674 \begin_layout Itemize
5675 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5679 \begin_layout Itemize
5680 Back out to the third level.
5684 \begin_layout Itemize
5685 Back to the second level.
5689 \begin_layout Itemize
5690 Back to the outermost level.
5693 \begin_layout Standard
5694 These are the default labels for an
5699 You can customize these labels in the
5701 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5704 dialog in the submenu
5711 \begin_inset Index idx
5714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5723 \begin_layout Standard
5724 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5725 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5727 \begin_inset space ~
5731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5733 reference "sec:Nesting"
5740 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5746 \begin_inset Index idx
5749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5758 name "sec:Enumerate"
5765 \begin_layout Standard
5770 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5771 It has these properties:
5774 \begin_layout Enumerate
5775 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5779 \begin_layout Enumerate
5780 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5784 \begin_layout Enumerate
5785 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5788 \begin_layout Enumerate
5793 environment resets the counter to one.
5796 \begin_layout Enumerate
5809 \begin_layout Enumerate
5810 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5811 Items can have any length.
5814 \begin_layout Enumerate
5815 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5818 \begin_layout Enumerate
5819 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5822 \begin_layout Enumerate
5823 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5827 \begin_layout Standard
5836 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5837 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5844 \begin_layout Enumerate
5845 The first level of an
5849 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5853 \begin_layout Enumerate
5854 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5858 \begin_layout Enumerate
5859 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5863 \begin_layout Enumerate
5864 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5867 \begin_layout Enumerate
5868 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5873 \begin_layout Enumerate
5874 Back to the third level
5878 \begin_layout Enumerate
5879 Back to the second level.
5883 \begin_layout Enumerate
5884 Back to the outermost level.
5887 \begin_layout Standard
5888 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5893 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5898 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5902 \begin_layout Standard
5903 There is more to nesting
5907 environments than we've stated here.
5908 You should read section
5909 \begin_inset space ~
5913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5915 reference "sec:Nesting"
5919 to learn more about nesting.
5922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_inset Index idx
5931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5940 \begin_layout Standard
5941 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5945 list has no fixed label.
5946 Instead, LyX uses the first
5947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5954 of the first line as the label.
5958 \begin_layout Description
5959 Example: This is an example of the
5966 \begin_layout Standard
5967 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5971 \begin_layout Standard
5973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5980 it is meant that the first hit of the
5984 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5986 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5994 arg "space-insert protected"
5999 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6000 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6002 \begin_inset space ~
6008 \begin_inset space ~
6012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6014 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
6018 for more info.) Here is an example:
6021 \begin_layout Description
6023 \begin_inset space ~
6026 Example: This one shows how to use a
6029 \begin_inset space ~
6041 \begin_layout Description
6042 Usage: You should use the
6046 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6047 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6049 It's not a good idea to use a
6053 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6054 You're better off using
6066 paragraphs into them.
6069 \begin_layout Description
6070 Nesting: You can nest
6074 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6078 \begin_layout Standard
6079 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6080 them from the first line.
6083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6089 \begin_inset Index idx
6092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6101 \begin_layout Standard
6106 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6109 \begin_layout Standard
6110 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6118 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
6123 environment is named
6135 \begin_layout Standard
6144 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6145 There are the following properties of this list environment:
6148 \begin_layout Labeling
6149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6151 \begin_inset space ~
6154 labels LyX uses the first
6155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6162 of each line as the item label.
6167 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6168 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6169 blank as described above.
6172 \begin_layout Labeling
6173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6174 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6175 the body of the item text.
6176 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6177 label width plus a little extra space.
6181 \begin_layout Labeling
6182 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6184 \begin_inset space ~
6187 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6189 If the label width is larger, the label
6190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6197 into the first line.
6198 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6199 margin of the rest of the item text.
6202 \begin_layout Labeling
6203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6205 \begin_inset space ~
6208 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6213 environment have the same left margin.
6214 \begin_inset Newline newline
6217 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6220 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6222 \begin_inset space ~
6231 \begin_inset space ~
6236 determines the default label width.
6237 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6246 multiple times instead.
6247 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6256 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6259 \begin_inset space ~
6264 every time you alter a label in a
6269 \begin_inset Newline newline
6272 The predefined default width is the length of
6273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6282 \begin_inset Newline newline
6286 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6294 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6295 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6303 \begin_layout Standard
6308 environment the same way like the
6312 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6318 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6322 \begin_layout Standard
6327 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6329 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6331 \begin_inset space ~
6335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6337 reference "sec:Nesting"
6341 to learn about nesting.
6344 \begin_layout Standard
6345 There is yet another feature of the
6349 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6351 You can use additional
6355 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6360 are documented in section
6361 \begin_inset space ~
6365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6367 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6372 Here are some examples:
6373 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6379 \begin_layout Labeling
6380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6381 Left The default for
6388 \begin_layout Labeling
6389 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6390 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6397 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6400 \begin_layout Labeling
6401 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6402 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6406 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6413 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6416 \begin_layout Subsection
6418 \begin_inset Index idx
6421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6430 \begin_layout Standard
6431 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6434 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6436 in the document settings.
6437 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6442 \begin_inset Index idx
6445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6446 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6454 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6455 Custom Enumerate Lists
6456 \begin_inset Index idx
6459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6460 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6468 \begin_layout Standard
6470 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6473 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6476 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6477 There you add the command
6480 \begin_layout Standard
6488 \begin_layout Standard
6489 in TeX Code (shortcut
6499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6500 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6501 \begin_inset space ~
6505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6507 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6520 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6527 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6528 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6541 For Arabic numerals use
6549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6556 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6573 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6581 You can only number 26
6582 \begin_inset space ~
6585 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6593 \begin_layout Standard
6594 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6595 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6598 \begin_layout Standard
6599 As example a list with custom numbering:
6602 \begin_layout Enumerate
6603 \begin_inset Argument 1
6606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6632 \begin_layout Enumerate
6633 \begin_inset Argument 1
6636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6659 \begin_layout Enumerate
6664 \begin_layout Enumerate
6665 \begin_inset Argument 1
6668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6692 \begin_layout Enumerate
6693 \begin_inset Argument 1
6696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6722 \begin_layout Standard
6723 For this list these commands were used:
6726 \begin_layout Standard
6737 \begin_inset Newline newline
6745 \begin_inset Newline newline
6753 \begin_inset Newline newline
6763 \begin_layout Standard
6770 makes the label emphasized and
6779 \begin_layout Standard
6780 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6788 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6789 lists until you change the definition.
6797 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6799 \begin_inset Index idx
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6805 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6813 \begin_layout Standard
6814 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6817 \begin_layout Enumerate
6818 \begin_inset Argument 1
6821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6840 \begin_inset Note Note
6843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6846 goes back to default numbering
6854 \begin_layout Enumerate
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6862 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6866 \begin_layout Standard
6867 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6872 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6873 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6877 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6885 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6893 \begin_layout Standard
6894 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6896 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6897 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6898 of a normal new enumeration.
6899 There insert the command
6902 \begin_layout Standard
6908 \begin_layout Standard
6913 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6917 \begin_layout Enumerate
6921 \begin_layout Enumerate
6925 \begin_layout Standard
6926 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6929 \begin_layout Enumerate
6930 \begin_inset Argument 1
6933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6949 This enumeration starts at 4
6952 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6954 \begin_inset Index idx
6957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6966 \begin_layout Standard
6967 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6969 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6972 \begin_layout Itemize
6976 \begin_layout Itemize
6977 with standard spacing
6980 \begin_layout Standard
6981 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6983 There add the command
6987 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6990 \begin_layout Itemize
6991 \begin_inset Argument 1
6994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7013 \begin_layout Itemize
7017 \begin_layout Itemize
7021 \begin_layout Standard
7022 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
7028 \begin_inset Index idx
7031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7032 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7038 For more info see its documentation,
7039 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7048 \begin_layout Standard
7049 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
7051 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
7052 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
7053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7056 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
7059 \begin_layout Enumerate
7060 \begin_inset Argument 1
7063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7071 parindent, labelsep=2cm
7084 \begin_layout Enumerate
7085 with negative indentation
7088 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7089 Further Customization
7090 \begin_inset Index idx
7093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7102 \begin_layout Standard
7103 You can also change the style of description lists.
7107 \begin_layout Standard
7113 \begin_layout Standard
7114 changes the description label font, the command
7117 \begin_layout Standard
7123 \begin_layout Standard
7124 sets the list style.
7127 \begin_layout Standard
7128 An example where the command
7131 \begin_layout Standard
7136 itshape, style=nextline
7139 \begin_layout Standard
7143 \begin_layout Description
7145 \begin_inset space ~
7149 \begin_inset Argument 1
7152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7158 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
7160 itshape, style=nextline
7170 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
7171 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
7175 \begin_layout Description
7177 \begin_inset space ~
7180 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7181 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7182 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7185 \begin_layout Standard
7186 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7192 \begin_inset Index idx
7195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7198 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7204 For more info see its documentation,
7205 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7214 \begin_layout Subsection
7216 \begin_inset Index idx
7219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7228 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7236 \begin_inset space ~
7244 \begin_layout Standard
7245 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7253 \begin_inset space ~
7259 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7260 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7261 In contrast, you can use the
7268 \begin_inset space ~
7273 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7274 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7278 \begin_layout Standard
7279 Of course, you're not limited to using
7286 \begin_inset space ~
7295 \begin_inset space ~
7300 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7301 some European academic papers.
7304 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7308 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7315 \begin_layout Standard
7320 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7321 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7325 \begin_inset space ~
7330 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7331 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7332 Here's an example of each:
7335 \begin_layout Right Address
7337 \begin_inset Newline newline
7341 \begin_inset Newline newline
7345 \begin_inset Newline newline
7348 When is it? What is today?
7351 \begin_layout Standard
7355 \begin_inset space ~
7361 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7362 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7363 Here's an example of the
7370 \begin_layout Address
7372 \begin_inset Newline newline
7375 Where do I send this
7376 \begin_inset Newline newline
7379 Your post office and country
7382 \begin_layout Standard
7383 As you can see, both
7390 \begin_inset space ~
7395 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7400 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7406 This makes sense, since
7414 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7415 Thus, you have to use
7422 arg "newline-insert newline"
7428 \begin_inset space ~
7431 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7433 \begin_inset space ~
7442 menu) to start a new line in an
7449 \begin_inset space ~
7457 \begin_layout Subsection
7461 \begin_layout Standard
7462 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7463 or list of references.
7464 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7467 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7471 \begin_inset Index idx
7474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7483 \begin_layout Standard
7488 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7489 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7490 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7491 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7495 in anything else or vice versa.
7501 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7502 The book document classes ignores the
7506 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7510 in a letter document class.
7513 \begin_layout Standard
7518 environment does several things for you.
7519 First, it puts the centered label
7520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7528 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7530 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7531 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7532 the subsequent text.
7533 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7534 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7537 \begin_layout Standard
7538 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7542 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7543 The new paragraph will still be in the
7548 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7549 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7552 \begin_layout Standard
7553 \begin_inset Float figure
7558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7560 \begin_inset Graphics
7561 filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf
7568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7569 \begin_inset Caption Standard
7571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7574 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7595 \begin_layout Standard
7596 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7600 environment, but since this document is in the
7601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7608 class, we can't do this.
7609 We inserted it therefore as figure
7610 \begin_inset space ~
7614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7616 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7621 If you've never heard of an
7622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7629 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7632 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7638 \begin_inset Index idx
7641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7650 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7657 \begin_layout Standard
7662 environment is used to list references.
7663 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7664 only use it at the end of the document.
7669 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7672 \begin_layout Standard
7673 When you first open a
7677 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7693 depending on the document class.
7694 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7695 Each paragraph of the
7699 environment is a bibliography entry.
7704 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7705 Each new paragraph is still in the
7712 \begin_layout Standard
7713 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7714 by using a BibTeX database.
7715 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7716 phy handling, have a look at in section
7717 \begin_inset space ~
7721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7723 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7730 \begin_layout Subsection
7734 \begin_inset Index idx
7737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7738 Paragraph ! LyX code
7744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7753 \begin_layout Standard
7758 environment is another LyX extension.
7759 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7764 key as a fixed whitespace;
7768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7780 \begin_inset space ~
7785 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7790 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7791 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7794 arg "newline-insert newline"
7811 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7812 So, when you finish using the
7816 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7817 Also, you can nest the
7821 environment inside of others.
7824 \begin_layout Standard
7825 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7828 \begin_layout Itemize
7832 arg "newline-insert newline"
7835 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7836 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7840 \begin_inset space \space{}
7850 arg "newline-insert newline"
7856 \begin_layout Itemize
7860 arg "newline-insert newline"
7871 \begin_layout Itemize
7876 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7883 \begin_layout Itemize
7887 arg "space-insert protected"
7894 \begin_layout Itemize
7895 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7896 You must put at least one
7900 in any line you want blank.
7901 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7904 \begin_layout Itemize
7905 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7909 since that will insert
7914 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7917 arg "self-insert \""
7923 \begin_layout Standard
7927 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7931 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7935 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7939 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7943 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7944 printf("Hello World!
7949 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7953 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7957 \begin_layout Standard
7958 This is just the standard
7959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7970 \begin_layout Standard
7975 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7976 rc-files, and so on.
7977 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7978 as if you used a typewriter.
7979 \begin_inset Index idx
7982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7983 Paragraph environments|)
7988 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7991 Program Code Listings
8000 \begin_layout Section
8001 Nesting Environments
8002 \begin_inset Index idx
8005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8006 Nesting ! Environments
8012 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8021 \begin_layout Subsection
8025 \begin_layout Standard
8026 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
8028 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
8030 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
8032 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
8034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8044 \begin_layout Enumerate
8048 \begin_layout Enumerate
8053 \begin_layout Enumerate
8057 \begin_layout Enumerate
8062 \begin_layout Enumerate
8066 \begin_layout Standard
8067 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
8068 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
8071 \begin_inset space ~
8075 \begin_inset space ~
8083 \begin_inset space ~
8087 \begin_inset space ~
8096 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8097 will tell you how far you are nested).
8098 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
8099 \begin_inset Graphics
8100 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
8105 \begin_inset Graphics
8106 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
8110 or the convenient key bindings
8121 arg "depth-increment"
8127 arg "depth-decrement"
8130 to change the nesting level.
8131 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8132 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8136 \begin_layout Standard
8137 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8138 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8139 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8140 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8143 \begin_layout Standard
8144 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
8145 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8147 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8150 \begin_layout Subsection
8151 What You Can and Can't Nest
8154 \begin_layout Standard
8155 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8156 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8159 \begin_layout Standard
8160 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
8161 complicated than a simple yes or no.
8162 There are three types of paragraph environments:
8165 \begin_layout Itemize
8166 Completely unnestable
8169 \begin_layout Itemize
8170 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
8174 \begin_layout Itemize
8175 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
8179 \begin_layout Standard
8180 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8181 environments have them:
8184 \begin_layout Description
8185 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8186 Can't nest into them.
8190 \begin_layout Itemize
8196 \begin_layout Itemize
8202 \begin_layout Itemize
8208 \begin_layout Itemize
8214 \begin_layout Itemize
8221 \begin_layout Description
8223 \begin_inset space ~
8226 Nestable You can nest them.
8227 You can nest other things into them.
8231 \begin_layout Itemize
8237 \begin_layout Itemize
8243 \begin_layout Itemize
8249 \begin_layout Itemize
8255 \begin_layout Itemize
8261 \begin_layout Itemize
8267 \begin_layout Itemize
8273 \begin_layout Itemize
8280 \begin_layout Description
8281 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8282 You can't nest anything into them.
8286 \begin_layout Itemize
8292 \begin_layout Itemize
8298 \begin_layout Itemize
8304 \begin_layout Itemize
8310 \begin_layout Itemize
8316 \begin_layout Itemize
8322 \begin_layout Itemize
8328 \begin_layout Itemize
8334 \begin_layout Itemize
8340 \begin_layout Itemize
8346 \begin_layout Itemize
8352 \begin_layout Itemize
8358 \begin_layout Itemize
8364 \begin_layout Itemize
8368 \begin_inset space ~
8374 \begin_layout Itemize
8381 \begin_layout Standard
8382 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8390 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8399 \begin_inset space ~
8403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8407 \begin_inset space \space{}
8410 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8411 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8412 section headings violate this.
8420 \begin_layout Subsection
8421 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8422 \begin_inset Index idx
8425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8426 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8434 \begin_layout Standard
8435 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8436 affected by nesting anyhow.
8440 \begin_layout Itemize
8444 \begin_layout Itemize
8448 \begin_layout Itemize
8452 \begin_layout Standard
8454 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8462 Figures and tables in
8466 are not affected by this.
8471 Have a look at section
8472 \begin_inset space ~
8476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8478 reference "sec:Floats"
8482 for more information about
8489 \begin_layout Standard
8490 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8491 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8495 \begin_layout Standard
8496 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8504 of its own, it behaves just like a
8505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8512 paragraph environment.
8513 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8517 \begin_layout Standard
8518 Here's an example with a table:
8521 \begin_layout Enumerate
8526 \begin_layout Enumerate
8527 This is (a) and it's nested.
8531 \begin_layout Standard
8532 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8538 \begin_layout Standard
8540 \begin_inset Tabular
8541 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8542 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
8543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8628 \begin_layout Standard
8629 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8636 \begin_layout Enumerate
8638 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8642 \begin_layout Enumerate
8646 \begin_layout Standard
8647 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8650 \begin_layout Enumerate
8655 \begin_layout Enumerate
8656 This is (a) and it's nested.
8660 \begin_layout Standard
8661 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8667 \begin_layout Standard
8669 \begin_inset Tabular
8670 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8671 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
8672 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8673 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8757 \begin_layout Standard
8758 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8764 \begin_layout Enumerate
8771 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8774 \begin_layout Enumerate
8778 \begin_layout Standard
8779 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8783 \begin_layout Standard
8784 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8786 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8789 \begin_layout Enumerate
8794 \begin_layout Enumerate
8795 This is (a) and it's nested.
8798 \begin_layout Standard
8799 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8805 \begin_layout Standard
8807 \begin_inset Tabular
8808 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8809 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
8810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8811 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8895 \begin_layout Standard
8896 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8902 \begin_layout Enumerate
8904 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8912 \begin_layout Enumerate
8916 \begin_layout Standard
8917 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8923 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8924 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8928 \begin_layout Subsection
8929 Usage and General Features
8932 \begin_layout Standard
8933 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8942 is the innermost possible depth.
8943 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8946 \begin_layout Enumerate
8947 level #1 – outermost
8951 \begin_layout Enumerate
8956 \begin_layout Enumerate
8961 \begin_layout Enumerate
8966 \begin_layout Itemize
8971 \begin_layout Itemize
8980 \begin_layout Standard
8981 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8982 both of them in the example.
8983 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8993 For example, if we tried to nest another
8998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9005 , we would get errors.
9008 \begin_layout Subsection
9010 \begin_inset Index idx
9013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9022 \begin_layout Standard
9023 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9024 We have several examples of nested environments.
9025 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9029 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9030 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9033 \begin_layout Labeling
9034 \labelwidthstring MMM
9035 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9044 \begin_layout Labeling
9045 \labelwidthstring MMM
9046 #2-a This is level #2.
9047 We created it by using
9050 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9056 arg "depth-increment"
9063 \begin_layout Labeling
9064 \labelwidthstring MMM
9065 #3-a This is level #3.
9066 This time, we just hit
9073 arg "depth-increment"
9077 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9081 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9087 arg "depth-increment"
9094 \begin_layout Standard
9099 environment, nested inside of
9100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9108 So, it's at level #4.
9109 We did this by hitting
9112 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9118 arg "depth-increment"
9121 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9126 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
9142 \begin_layout Standard
9147 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9150 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9156 \begin_layout Labeling
9157 \labelwidthstring MMM
9158 #4-a This is level #4.
9162 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9165 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9170 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
9174 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9179 keep nesting things inside
9180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9191 \begin_layout Labeling
9192 \labelwidthstring MMM
9193 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9198 \begin_layout Labeling
9199 \labelwidthstring MMM
9200 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9201 and this is level #6.
9202 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9206 \begin_layout Labeling
9207 \labelwidthstring MMM
9208 #5-b Back to level #5.
9212 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9218 arg "depth-decrement"
9225 \begin_layout Labeling
9226 \labelwidthstring MMM
9230 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9236 arg "depth-decrement"
9239 , we're back at level #4.
9243 \begin_layout Labeling
9244 \labelwidthstring MMM
9245 #3-b Back to level #3.
9246 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9250 \begin_layout Labeling
9251 \labelwidthstring MMM
9252 #2-b Back to level #2.
9257 \begin_layout Labeling
9258 \labelwidthstring MMM
9259 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9260 After this sentence, we'll hit
9264 and change the paragraph environment back to
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9272 We could have also used the
9288 environment in place of the
9293 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9296 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9297 Example 2: Inheritance
9300 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9301 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9304 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9313 arg "depth-increment"
9316 , after which, we'll change to the
9324 \begin_layout Enumerate
9329 environment, at level #2.
9332 \begin_layout Enumerate
9333 Notice how the nested
9337 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9341 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9345 \begin_layout Standard
9346 We ended this example by hitting
9351 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9355 and reset the nesting depth by using
9358 arg "depth-decrement"
9364 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9365 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9374 \begin_inset Argument 1
9377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9378 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9386 \begin_layout Enumerate
9387 This is level #1, in an
9391 paragraph environment.
9392 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9396 \begin_layout Enumerate
9401 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9407 arg "depth-increment"
9411 Now, what happens if we nest an
9415 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9416 label be? An asterisk?
9420 \begin_layout Itemize
9430 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9431 So, its label is a bullet.
9432 (We got here by using
9435 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9441 arg "depth-increment"
9444 , then changing the environment to
9452 \begin_layout Itemize
9453 Here's level #4, produced using
9456 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9462 arg "depth-increment"
9466 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9471 \begin_layout Enumerate
9472 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9474 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9479 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9483 , because we are in the
9492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9511 \begin_layout Enumerate
9516 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9517 type of numbering does LyX use?
9520 \begin_layout Enumerate
9521 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9524 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9527 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9530 \begin_layout Enumerate
9534 arg "depth-decrement"
9537 to decrease the depth after the next
9540 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9547 \begin_layout Enumerate
9549 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9553 \begin_layout Enumerate
9555 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9556 numeral as the label.Why?
9559 \begin_layout Enumerate
9560 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9569 Notice, however, that LyX
9573 reset the counter for the label.
9577 \begin_layout Enumerate
9581 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9587 arg "depth-decrement"
9590 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9591 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9592 into the twofold-nested
9600 \begin_layout Enumerate
9601 The same thing happens if we do another
9604 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9610 arg "depth-decrement"
9613 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9616 \begin_layout Standard
9617 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9622 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9636 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9642 The same rule applies for the
9646 environment, as well.
9649 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9650 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9653 \begin_layout Enumerate
9654 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9655 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9656 same detail with how we did it.
9665 \begin_layout Standard
9673 arg "depth-increment"
9680 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9681 example in parentheses someplace.
9682 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9683 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9684 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9688 \begin_layout Enumerate
9693 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9698 Now we'll add verse.
9699 \begin_inset Newline newline
9702 It will get much worse.
9703 \begin_inset Newline newline
9713 arg "depth-increment"
9724 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9725 \begin_inset Newline newline
9728 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9729 \begin_inset Newline newline
9735 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9748 \begin_layout Standard
9749 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9755 \begin_layout Standard
9757 \begin_inset Tabular
9758 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9759 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
9760 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9761 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9850 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9860 arg "depth-increment"
9866 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9876 arg "depth-decrement"
9883 \begin_layout Enumerate
9888 : level #1) This is another item.
9889 Note that selecting a
9893 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9894 3 times to put the table inside the
9902 \begin_layout Quotation
9903 We're now ending the
9907 list and changing to
9912 We're still at level #1.
9913 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9914 The next set of paragraphs is a
9915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9929 \begin_inset space ~
9934 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9938 for the letter body.
9942 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9945 to preserve the depth.
9946 Remember that you need to use
9949 arg "newline-insert newline"
9952 to create multiple lines inside the
9959 \begin_inset space ~
9969 \begin_layout Right Address
9971 \begin_inset Newline newline
9974 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9975 \begin_inset Newline newline
9981 \begin_layout Address
9983 \begin_inset space ~
9989 \begin_layout Quotation
9990 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9994 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9995 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9996 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9997 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9998 as soon as possible.
9999 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10002 \begin_layout Quotation
10003 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10004 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10005 with your order, along with payment.
10008 \begin_layout Quotation
10009 We thank you again for your patience.
10012 \begin_layout Address
10014 \begin_inset Newline newline
10021 \begin_layout Quotation
10022 That ends that example!
10025 \begin_layout Standard
10026 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10027 just a few keystrokes.
10028 We could have easily nested an
10049 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10052 \begin_layout Section
10053 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
10054 \begin_inset Index idx
10057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10066 \begin_layout Standard
10067 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
10068 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
10069 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
10070 be broken at the end of a line.
10071 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
10075 \begin_layout Subsection
10077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10079 name "sub:Protected-Space"
10084 \begin_inset Index idx
10087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10096 \begin_layout Standard
10097 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
10098 line at that point.
10099 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
10102 \begin_layout Quote
10103 Further documentation is given in section
10104 \begin_inset Newline newline
10108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10110 reference "sec:Bibliography"
10118 \begin_layout Standard
10119 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
10120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10134 reference "sec:Bibliography"
10139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10143 A protected space is set with
10145 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10146 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10150 \begin_inset space ~
10160 arg "space-insert protected"
10166 \begin_layout Subsection
10168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10170 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10175 \begin_inset Index idx
10178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10179 Spacing ! Horizontal
10187 \begin_layout Standard
10188 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10190 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10191 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10195 The length units are listed in Appendix
10196 \begin_inset space ~
10200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10202 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10209 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10213 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10218 \begin_inset Index idx
10221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10222 Spaces ! Inter-word
10230 \begin_layout Standard
10232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10236 \begin_inset space \space{}
10239 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10240 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10241 \begin_inset space ~
10245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10247 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10252 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10253 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10256 arg "space-insert normal"
10262 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10266 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10271 \begin_inset Index idx
10274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10283 \begin_layout Standard
10285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10292 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10301 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10302 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10303 inside abbreviations:
10306 \begin_layout Quote
10308 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10312 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10315 \begin_layout Standard
10316 or between values and units.
10317 Compare for example this:
10318 \begin_inset Newline newline
10322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10326 \begin_inset Newline newline
10329 10 kg (normal space
10332 \begin_layout Standard
10333 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10335 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10336 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10338 \begin_inset space ~
10346 arg "space-insert thin"
10352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10356 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10363 \begin_layout Standard
10364 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10367 \begin_layout Description
10369 \begin_inset space ~
10373 \begin_inset space ~
10376 space A line with a
10377 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10381 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10385 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10388 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10391 \begin_layout Description
10393 \begin_inset space ~
10397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10401 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10405 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10409 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10416 em) space between the arrows.
10419 \begin_layout Description
10421 \begin_inset space ~
10425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10429 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10433 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10437 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10441 \begin_inset space ~
10445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10448 em) space between the arrows.
10451 \begin_layout Description
10453 \begin_inset space ~
10457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10461 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10465 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10469 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10473 \begin_inset space ~
10477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10480 em) space between the arrows.
10483 \begin_layout Description
10485 \begin_inset space ~
10489 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10493 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10498 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10502 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10505 cm space between the arrows.
10508 \begin_layout Standard
10510 \begin_inset space ~
10514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10516 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10520 lists the different space sizes.
10523 \begin_layout Standard
10524 \begin_inset Float table
10529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10531 \begin_inset Caption Standard
10533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10536 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10540 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10550 \begin_inset Tabular
10551 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10552 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
10553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top">
10554 <column alignment="center" valignment="top">
10556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10681 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10709 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10737 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10771 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10777 \begin_inset Index idx
10780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10789 \begin_layout Standard
10790 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10791 in a uniform fashion.
10792 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10793 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10794 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10795 equally between themselves.
10799 \begin_layout Standard
10800 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10803 \begin_layout Quote
10805 This is on the left side
10806 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10809 This is on the right
10812 \begin_layout Quote
10815 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10819 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10825 \begin_layout Quote
10828 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10832 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10836 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10842 \begin_layout Standard
10843 That was an example in the
10849 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10853 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10857 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10860 is one in a standard paragraph.
10861 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10865 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10868 \begin_layout Standard
10869 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10872 \begin_inset space ~
10877 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10880 \begin_layout Standard
10882 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10886 \begin_inset space ~
10892 \begin_layout Standard
10894 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10898 \begin_inset space ~
10904 \begin_layout Standard
10906 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10910 \begin_inset space ~
10916 \begin_layout Standard
10918 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10922 \begin_inset space ~
10928 \begin_layout Standard
10930 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10934 \begin_inset space ~
10940 \begin_layout Standard
10942 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10946 \begin_inset space ~
10952 \begin_layout Standard
10953 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10961 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10965 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10966 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10967 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10971 option in the space dialog.
10979 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10983 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10988 \begin_inset Index idx
10991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11000 \begin_layout Standard
11001 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
11003 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11007 \begin_inset space \space{}
11010 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
11013 \begin_layout Standard
11014 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
11017 What is correct English?:
11018 \begin_inset Newline newline
11022 \begin_inset Newline newline
11026 \begin_inset space ~
11029 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
11030 \begin_inset Newline newline
11034 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
11037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11045 \begin_inset Newline newline
11049 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
11052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11060 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
11066 \begin_layout Standard
11067 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
11068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11072 \begin_inset space ~
11076 \begin_inset space ~
11080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11084 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
11086 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11087 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11091 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
11093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11097 \begin_inset space ~
11101 \begin_inset space ~
11105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11108 into the phantom inset (note the space after
11109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11117 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
11118 That is why it is named
11119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11127 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
11128 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
11132 \begin_layout Subsection
11134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11136 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
11141 \begin_inset Index idx
11144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11153 \begin_layout Standard
11154 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
11156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11157 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11159 \begin_inset space ~
11165 There you find the following sizes:
11168 \begin_layout Standard
11181 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11186 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11188 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11192 \begin_inset Index idx
11195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11196 Document ! Settings
11201 for the paragraph separation.
11202 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11213 \begin_layout Standard
11219 \begin_inset Index idx
11222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11228 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11229 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11231 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11232 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11241 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11250 s are described in section
11251 \begin_inset space ~
11255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11257 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11266 If there are several
11270 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11271 You can therefore use
11275 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11278 \begin_layout Standard
11283 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11284 \begin_inset space ~
11288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11290 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11297 \begin_layout Standard
11298 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11308 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11309 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11321 \begin_layout Subsection
11322 Paragraph Alignment
11325 \begin_layout Standard
11326 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11328 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11332 There are five possibilities:
11335 \begin_layout Itemize
11343 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11349 \begin_layout Itemize
11357 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11363 \begin_layout Itemize
11371 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11377 \begin_layout Itemize
11385 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11391 \begin_layout Itemize
11399 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11405 \begin_layout Standard
11406 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11407 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11408 the left and right margins.
11409 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11412 \begin_layout Standard
11414 This paragraph is right aligned,
11417 \begin_layout Standard
11419 this one is centered,
11422 \begin_layout Standard
11424 this one is left aligned.
11427 \begin_layout Subsection
11429 \begin_inset Index idx
11432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11433 Page breaks ! Forced
11439 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11441 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11448 \begin_layout Standard
11449 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
11450 can force a page break where you want one.
11451 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11452 Only if you use a lot of
11456 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11459 \begin_layout Standard
11460 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
11461 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11465 have to change the page breaking.
11468 \begin_layout Standard
11469 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
11471 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11473 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11474 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11476 \begin_inset space ~
11482 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11485 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11487 \begin_inset space ~
11492 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11494 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11495 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11498 \begin_layout Standard
11499 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11500 at the top of a page.
11501 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11502 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11503 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11504 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11508 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11512 to learn more about
11519 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11523 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11528 \begin_inset Index idx
11531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11532 Page breaks ! Clear
11540 \begin_layout Standard
11541 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
11542 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11543 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11544 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11545 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11548 \begin_layout Standard
11549 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11551 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11552 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11554 \begin_inset space ~
11560 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11563 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11565 \begin_inset space ~
11569 \begin_inset space ~
11574 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11575 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11578 \begin_layout Subsection
11580 \begin_inset Index idx
11583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11590 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11592 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11599 \begin_layout Standard
11600 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11602 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11604 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11605 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11607 \begin_inset space ~
11611 \begin_inset space ~
11619 arg "newline-insert newline"
11623 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11625 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11626 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11628 \begin_inset space ~
11632 \begin_inset space ~
11637 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11639 This is necessary to avoid
11640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11647 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11650 \begin_layout Standard
11651 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11652 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11653 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11654 set a line break, e.
11655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11659 \begin_inset space \space{}
11662 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11663 \begin_inset space ~
11667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11669 reference "sec:Quote"
11674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11676 reference "sec:Verse"
11681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11683 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11690 \begin_layout Subsection
11692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11694 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11699 \begin_inset Index idx
11702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11711 \begin_layout Standard
11713 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11724 \begin_layout Standard
11727 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11728 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11730 \begin_inset space ~
11735 you can insert horizontal lines.
11736 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11737 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11738 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11741 \begin_layout Standard
11743 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11754 \begin_layout Standard
11758 \begin_layout Section
11759 Characters and Symbols
11762 \begin_layout Standard
11763 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11764 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11769 \begin_inset space \space{}
11772 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11774 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11780 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11784 for information on how this is done.
11787 \begin_layout Standard
11788 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11793 dialog via the menu
11795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11796 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11802 \begin_layout Standard
11803 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11811 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11812 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11813 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11821 \begin_layout Section
11822 Fonts and Text Styles
11823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11825 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11832 \begin_layout Subsection
11834 \begin_inset Index idx
11837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11846 \begin_layout Standard
11847 There are two types of fonts:
11850 \begin_layout Description
11852 \begin_inset space ~
11856 \begin_inset Index idx
11859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11865 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
11866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11870 characters) in the font.
11871 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11872 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11873 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11874 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11875 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11876 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11877 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11878 \begin_inset Newline newline
11881 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11882 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11883 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11884 sizes than at small ones.
11885 \begin_inset Newline newline
11899 \begin_inset space ~
11907 \begin_layout Description
11909 \begin_inset space ~
11913 \begin_inset Index idx
11916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11922 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11923 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11924 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11925 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11926 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11927 picture manipulation program.
11928 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11929 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11930 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11931 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11932 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11934 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11935 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11936 \begin_inset Newline newline
11939 Bitmap fonts are named
11942 \begin_inset space ~
11947 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11950 \begin_layout Standard
11951 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
11952 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11953 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11954 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11955 use scalable fonts.
11958 \begin_layout Standard
11959 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11960 its document properties.
11963 \begin_layout Standard
11964 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11965 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11966 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11967 font to emphasize text, you use an
11968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11976 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11977 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11981 \begin_layout Subsection
11983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11985 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11992 \begin_layout Standard
11993 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11994 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11995 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11997 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11998 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11999 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
12000 to usual word processors.
12001 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
12002 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
12003 across different machines.
12004 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
12005 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
12007 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
12009 \begin_inset space ~
12013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12015 reference "sub:Document-Font"
12020 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
12021 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
12025 \begin_layout Standard
12026 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
12027 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
12028 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
12029 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
12030 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
12031 that is installed on your system.
12032 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
12035 \begin_layout Standard
12036 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12044 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
12045 es; so you might have to experiment.
12053 \begin_layout Standard
12054 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12062 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
12063 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
12071 \begin_layout Subsection
12072 Document Font and Font size
12073 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12075 name "sub:Document-Font"
12080 \begin_inset Index idx
12083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_inset Index idx
12093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12102 \begin_layout Standard
12103 You can set the document fonts in the
12105 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12109 \begin_inset Index idx
12112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12113 Document ! Settings
12119 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
12120 font shapes roman (serif),
12123 \begin_inset space ~
12135 \begin_layout Standard
12136 The possible options for the font include
12140 and a list of fonts available on your system.
12145 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
12146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12152 \begin_inset space ~
12158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12171 European Computer Modern
12174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12184 \begin_layout Standard
12193 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12194 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12199 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12202 \begin_inset space ~
12207 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12213 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12214 There are three ways to use one:
12217 \begin_layout Itemize
12221 \begin_inset space ~
12226 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12239 \begin_inset space ~
12244 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12248 as the default font.
12249 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12250 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12253 \begin_inset space ~
12266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12267 One difference is improved kerning.
12275 \begin_layout Itemize
12279 \begin_inset space ~
12283 \begin_inset space ~
12288 fonts in (the rare) case that
12291 \begin_inset space ~
12296 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12311 Virtual means that it
12312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12323 -glyphs from other fonts.
12324 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12346 Loading the LaTeX-package
12351 \begin_inset Index idx
12354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12357 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12362 with the document preamble line
12363 \begin_inset Newline newline
12370 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12371 \begin_inset Newline newline
12376 will fix the guillemet problem.
12381 and that accented characters are not
12385 glyph, but build of
12389 characters, the accent and the letter.
12390 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12396 If you search for example for the French word
12397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12404 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12413 and not for the glyph
12414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12418 \begin_inset space ~
12422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12428 \begin_layout Itemize
12429 If you do not like the look of
12437 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12442 \begin_inset space ~
12448 \begin_inset space ~
12460 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12461 \begin_inset space ~
12464 serif and typewriter fonts
12468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12469 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12470 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12476 \begin_inset space ~
12485 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12490 \begin_inset space \space{}
12498 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12502 \begin_inset space \space{}
12508 \begin_inset space ~
12516 \begin_inset space ~
12526 , but you can also select your own.
12527 \begin_inset Newline newline
12530 The differences between roman,
12533 \begin_inset space ~
12542 fonts are explained in section
12543 \begin_inset space ~
12547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12549 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12554 \begin_inset Newline newline
12560 \begin_inset space ~
12565 was originally designed for newspapers.
12566 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12567 into the small newspaper columns.
12571 \begin_inset space ~
12576 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12579 \begin_layout Standard
12580 For the font size there are four possible values:
12597 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
12600 \begin_layout Standard
12601 The font sizes are the
12606 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12607 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12608 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12611 \begin_inset space ~
12617 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12618 \begin_inset space ~
12622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12624 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12631 \begin_layout Standard
12636 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12637 a font to display the script characters.
12641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12642 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12647 So this has no effect for the document language
12663 \begin_layout Standard
12664 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12668 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12676 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12680 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12681 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12682 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12684 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12687 dialog, see section
12688 \begin_inset space ~
12692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12694 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12706 \begin_layout Subsection
12707 Using Different Character Styles
12708 \begin_inset Index idx
12711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12718 \begin_inset Index idx
12721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12730 \begin_layout Standard
12731 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12732 certain paragraph environments.
12733 LyX supports two character styles,
12742 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12746 \begin_layout Standard
12751 style, do one of the following:
12754 \begin_layout Itemize
12755 click on the toolbar button
12756 \begin_inset Graphics
12757 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
12764 \begin_layout Itemize
12765 use the key binding
12774 \begin_layout Standard
12775 These commands are all toggles.
12780 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12783 \begin_layout Standard
12784 One typically uses the
12788 style for proper names.
12790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12797 is the original author of LyX.
12798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12804 \begin_layout Standard
12805 A more widely used character style is the
12810 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12817 \begin_layout Itemize
12818 clicking on the toolbar button
12819 \begin_inset Graphics
12820 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
12827 \begin_layout Itemize
12828 using the keybindings
12837 \begin_layout Standard
12842 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12843 es use a different font.
12846 \begin_layout Standard
12847 We've been using the
12851 style all over the place in this document.
12852 Here's one more example:
12855 \begin_layout Quotation
12858 Don't overuse character styles!
12861 \begin_layout Standard
12862 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12863 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12864 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12865 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12869 \begin_layout Standard
12870 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12878 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12880 \begin_inset space ~
12888 \begin_layout Subsection
12889 Fine-Tuning with the
12894 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12896 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12901 \begin_inset Index idx
12904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12913 \begin_layout Standard
12914 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12915 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12916 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12917 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12918 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12919 from ordinary dialog.
12922 \begin_layout Standard
12923 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12924 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12925 \begin_inset Newline newline
12928 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12929 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12932 \begin_layout Standard
12933 To use custom character styles, open the
12935 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12937 \begin_inset space ~
12942 dialog or press the toolbar button
12945 arg "dialog-show character"
12949 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12950 font property which you can choose.
12951 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12954 \begin_inset space ~
12959 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12964 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12965 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12966 environments in a snap.
12969 \begin_layout Standard
12970 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12973 \begin_inset space ~
12985 \begin_layout Labeling
12986 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13000 The possible options are:
13004 \begin_layout Labeling
13005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13010 This is the Roman font family.
13011 Normally a serif font.
13012 It's also the default family.
13022 \begin_layout Labeling
13023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13027 \begin_inset space ~
13034 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13046 \begin_layout Labeling
13047 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13054 This is the Typewriter font family.
13060 arg "font-typewriter"
13069 \begin_layout Labeling
13070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13075 This corresponds to the print weight.
13080 \begin_layout Labeling
13081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13086 This is the Medium font series.
13087 It's also the default series.
13090 \begin_layout Labeling
13091 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13098 This is the Bold font series.
13111 \begin_layout Labeling
13112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13117 As the name implies.
13122 \begin_layout Labeling
13123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13128 This is the Upright font shape.
13129 It's also the default shape.
13132 \begin_layout Labeling
13133 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13147 s the Italic font shape
13153 \begin_layout Labeling
13154 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13161 This is the Slanted font shape
13163 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13166 \begin_layout Labeling
13167 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13171 \begin_inset space ~
13178 This is the Small caps font shape
13185 \begin_layout Labeling
13186 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13191 Alters the size of the font.
13192 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13193 nal to the document font size.
13194 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13195 what you want to do.
13200 \begin_layout Labeling
13201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13222 arg "font-size tiny"
13228 \begin_layout Labeling
13229 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13250 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13256 \begin_layout Labeling
13257 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13278 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13284 \begin_layout Labeling
13285 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13306 arg "font-size small"
13312 \begin_layout Labeling
13313 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13327 It's also the default size.
13331 arg "font-size normal"
13337 \begin_layout Labeling
13338 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13359 arg "font-size large"
13365 \begin_layout Labeling
13366 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13387 arg "font-size larger"
13393 \begin_layout Labeling
13394 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13415 arg "font-size largest"
13421 \begin_layout Labeling
13422 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13443 arg "font-size huge"
13449 \begin_layout Labeling
13450 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13471 arg "font-size giant"
13478 \begin_layout Standard
13483 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13484 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13485 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13486 — use that instead.
13487 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13490 \begin_layout Labeling
13491 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13496 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13501 \begin_layout Labeling
13502 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13509 This is text with emphasize on
13512 This might seem like the same as
13516 , but it is actually a bit different.
13522 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13524 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13527 \begin_layout Labeling
13528 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13535 This is text with Underbar on.
13541 arg "font-underline"
13547 \begin_inset Newline newline
13552 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13553 when you couldn't change fonts.
13554 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13555 It is only included in LyX because some people
13559 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13562 \begin_layout Labeling
13563 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13567 \begin_inset space ~
13572 This is text with Double underbar on.
13576 arg "font-underunderline"
13580 \begin_inset Newline newline
13583 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13584 about double underbar.
13587 \begin_layout Labeling
13588 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13592 \begin_inset space ~
13597 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13601 arg "font-underwave"
13605 \begin_inset Newline newline
13608 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13609 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13612 \begin_layout Labeling
13613 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13620 This is text with Strikeout on.
13626 arg "font-strikeout"
13630 \begin_inset Newline newline
13633 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has since
13637 \begin_layout Labeling
13638 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13645 This is text with Noun on.
13652 , this is a logical attribute.
13653 Normally it's equivalent to
13656 \begin_inset space ~
13665 \begin_layout Labeling
13666 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13671 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13672 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13676 \begin_inset space ~
13681 , which is the default
13682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13689 and means normally black, you can choose between
13722 \begin_inset Index idx
13725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13734 \begin_layout Labeling
13735 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13740 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13741 the language of the document.
13742 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13744 \begin_inset Newline newline
13747 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13748 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13749 When using the spell checking (see section
13750 \begin_inset space ~
13754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13756 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13760 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary
13763 \begin_layout Standard
13764 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13765 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13767 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13769 \begin_inset space ~
13774 dialog, the settings are saved.
13775 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13778 arg "textstyle-apply"
13782 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
13783 when the dialog isn't visible.
13787 \begin_layout Standard
13788 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13795 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13796 (suppose you just set the shape to
13797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13815 \begin_inset space ~
13827 \begin_layout Standard
13828 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13836 \begin_inset space ~
13848 \begin_layout Itemize
13854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13861 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13879 \begin_inset Newline newline
13883 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13897 \begin_inset Note Note
13900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13901 For more on phantoms see section
13902 \begin_inset space ~
13906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13908 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13918 \begin_inset Newline newline
13924 \begin_layout Itemize
13929 fonts use characters with serifs.
13930 These are the small
13931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13938 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13939 The following example will show the difference:
13940 \begin_inset Newline newline
13944 \begin_inset Newline newline
13949 text without serifs
13952 \begin_inset Newline newline
13955 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13956 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13963 \begin_layout Itemize
13969 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13970 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13973 \begin_layout Standard
13974 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13975 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13978 \begin_layout Section
13979 Printing and Previewing
13982 \begin_layout Subsection
13986 \begin_layout Standard
13987 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13988 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13989 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13990 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13991 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13993 Additional Features
13998 \begin_layout Standard
13999 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14000 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14001 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
14002 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14003 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14004 This happens in two stages:
14007 \begin_layout Enumerate
14008 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14009 generating a file with the extension,
14010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14024 \begin_layout Enumerate
14025 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14029 file to produce printable output.
14033 \begin_layout Subsection
14034 Output file formats
14035 \begin_inset Index idx
14038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14047 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14054 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14056 \begin_inset Index idx
14059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14060 File formats ! ASCII
14068 \begin_layout Standard
14069 This file type has the extension
14070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14082 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14086 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14093 \begin_layout Standard
14094 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14096 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14097 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14103 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14105 \begin_inset Index idx
14108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14109 File formats ! LaTeX
14117 \begin_layout Standard
14118 This file type has the extension
14119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14130 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14132 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14133 it manually with console commands.
14134 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14135 you view or export your document.
14138 \begin_layout Standard
14139 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14141 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14142 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14159 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14161 \begin_inset Index idx
14164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14173 \begin_layout Standard
14174 This file type has the extension
14175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14195 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14196 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14197 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14201 \begin_layout Standard
14202 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14203 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14204 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14205 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14207 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14210 \begin_layout Standard
14211 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14213 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14214 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14220 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14222 \begin_inset Index idx
14225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14226 File formats ! PostScript
14234 \begin_layout Standard
14235 This file type has the extension
14236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14248 PostScript was developed by the company
14252 as a printer language.
14253 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14255 PostScript can be seen as a
14256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14259 programming language
14260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14263 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14268 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14274 \begin_inset Index idx
14277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14278 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14288 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14291 \begin_layout Standard
14292 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14296 Encapsulated PostScript
14297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14300 (EPS, file extension
14301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14313 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14314 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14316 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14319 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14323 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14324 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14325 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14326 EPS to avoid this problem.
14329 \begin_layout Standard
14330 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14332 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14333 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14339 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14341 \begin_inset Index idx
14344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14351 \begin_inset Index idx
14354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14363 \begin_layout Standard
14364 This file type has the extension
14365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14381 Portable Document Format
14382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14389 was derived from PostScript.
14390 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14399 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14400 looks exactly the same.
14403 \begin_layout Standard
14404 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14408 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14412 (JPG, file extension
14413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14440 Portable Network Graphics
14441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14444 (PNG, file extension
14445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14457 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14458 in the background to one of these formats.
14459 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14460 will slow down your workflow.
14461 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14464 \begin_layout Standard
14465 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14467 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14470 in three different ways:
14473 \begin_layout Description
14474 PDF This uses the program
14478 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14479 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14483 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14484 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14487 \begin_layout Description
14489 \begin_inset space ~
14492 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14496 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14500 \begin_layout Description
14502 \begin_inset space ~
14505 (pdflatex) This uses the program pdftex that converts your file directly
14509 \begin_layout Description
14511 \begin_inset space ~
14518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14525 X) This uses the program XeTeX that converts your file directly to PDF.
14526 XeTeX is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support
14527 for direct font access (see section
14528 \begin_inset space ~
14532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14534 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14539 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14542 \begin_layout Description
14544 \begin_inset space ~
14551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14558 X) This uses the program LuaTeX that converts your file directly to PDF.
14559 LuaTeX is an even newer engine, derived from pdflatex, that also provides
14560 direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section
14561 \begin_inset space ~
14565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14567 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14572 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14576 \begin_layout Standard
14577 We recommend to use
14580 \begin_inset space ~
14589 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14590 works without problems.
14595 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
14598 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14600 \begin_inset Index idx
14603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14604 FileFormats ! XHTML
14610 \begin_inset Index idx
14613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14622 \begin_layout Standard
14623 This file type has the extension
14624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14636 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14637 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14638 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14639 suitable for the purpose.
14640 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14641 it, but not all do.
14644 \begin_layout Standard
14645 XHTML output remains
14646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14653 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14658 LyX and the World Wide Web
14659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14664 Additional Features
14666 manual, for more information.
14669 \begin_layout Standard
14670 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14672 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14673 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14679 \begin_layout Subsection
14681 \begin_inset Index idx
14684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14693 \begin_layout Standard
14694 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
14695 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14699 and choose a file type.
14700 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
14703 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14706 you can use the toolbar button
14707 \begin_inset Graphics
14708 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
14715 arg "buffer-view dvi"
14720 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14722 \begin_inset space ~
14728 \begin_inset Graphics
14729 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
14735 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14739 \begin_inset Graphics
14740 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
14747 arg "buffer-view ps"
14753 \begin_layout Standard
14754 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14755 viewer window using the menu
14757 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14763 \begin_layout Standard
14764 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14766 To have a real output, export your document.
14769 \begin_layout Subsection
14770 Printing the File from within LyX
14771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14773 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14780 \begin_layout Standard
14781 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14782 it directly from within LyX.
14783 To print a file, select the menu
14785 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14788 or click on the toolbar button
14789 \begin_inset Graphics
14790 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
14795 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14796 This file is then processed by the program
14800 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14805 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14809 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14810 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14811 printing one set to print on the other side.
14812 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14813 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14814 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14817 \begin_layout Standard
14818 You can set the parameters in the
14821 \begin_inset space ~
14829 \begin_layout Labeling
14830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14835 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14840 Note that this printer name is for the program
14849 has to be configured for this printer name.
14850 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14851 \begin_inset space ~
14855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14857 reference "sub:Printer"
14866 The printer should understand PostScript.
14869 \begin_layout Labeling
14870 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14875 The name of a file to print to.
14876 The output will be a PostScript file.
14877 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14881 \begin_layout Section
14882 A few Words about Typography
14883 \begin_inset Index idx
14886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14895 \begin_layout Subsection
14897 \begin_inset Index idx
14900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14909 \begin_layout Standard
14911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14922 character comes in four lengths: the
14934 , and the minus sign:
14935 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14941 \begin_layout Standard
14942 \begin_inset Tabular
14943 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14944 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
14945 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
14946 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
14947 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
14948 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14977 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15017 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15042 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15044 \begin_inset space ~
15047 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15054 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15079 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15081 \begin_inset space ~
15084 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15105 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15139 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15145 \begin_layout Standard
15146 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15158 character multiple times in a row.
15159 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15160 the final output, but not in LyX.
15162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15166 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15192 \begin_layout Standard
15193 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15194 math mode and has a length of its own.
15195 Here are some examples of the
15196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15210 \begin_layout Enumerate
15211 line- and page-breaks
15212 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15222 \begin_layout Enumerate
15224 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15234 \begin_layout Enumerate
15235 Oh — there's a dash.
15236 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15246 \begin_layout Enumerate
15247 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15251 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15261 \begin_layout Subsection
15263 \begin_inset Index idx
15266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15275 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15282 \begin_layout Standard
15283 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15284 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15289 \begin_inset Index idx
15292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15293 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15298 following the rules of the document language
15302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15303 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
15311 \begin_inset space ~
15315 \begin_inset space ~
15322 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15333 \begin_layout Standard
15334 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15339 font and with unusual constructs, like
15340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15348 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15349 This is done with the menu
15351 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15352 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15354 \begin_inset space ~
15360 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15361 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15364 \begin_layout Standard
15365 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15366 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15376 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15384 as a hyphenation possibility.
15385 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15386 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15387 as described in section
15388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15391 Prevent Hyphenation
15392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15402 \begin_layout Subsection
15404 \begin_inset Index idx
15407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15416 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15417 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15420 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15427 \begin_layout Standard
15428 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15429 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15430 LaTeX then adds the
15431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15434 appropriate amount of space
15435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15439 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15441 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15444 \begin_layout Standard
15445 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15446 not work in all cases.
15448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15459 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15460 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15463 \begin_layout Standard
15464 Here are some examples of
15468 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15471 \begin_layout Itemize
15476 \begin_layout Itemize
15481 \begin_layout Standard
15482 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15485 \begin_layout Itemize
15487 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15491 this is too much space!
15494 \begin_layout Itemize
15499 \begin_layout Standard
15500 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15503 \begin_layout Standard
15504 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15507 \begin_layout Enumerate
15511 \begin_inset space ~
15516 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15517 \begin_inset space ~
15521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15523 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15528 \begin_inset Index idx
15531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15532 Spaces ! inter-word
15540 \begin_layout Enumerate
15544 \begin_inset space ~
15549 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15550 \begin_inset space ~
15554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15556 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15561 \begin_inset Index idx
15564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15573 \begin_layout Enumerate
15577 \begin_inset space ~
15581 \begin_inset space ~
15585 \begin_inset space ~
15592 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15594 \begin_inset space ~
15599 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15600 This function is also bound to
15603 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15609 \begin_layout Standard
15610 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15613 \begin_layout Itemize
15615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15619 \begin_inset space \space{}
15622 this is too much space!
15625 \begin_layout Itemize
15626 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15630 \begin_layout Standard
15631 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15632 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15633 will take care of this.
15636 \begin_layout Standard
15637 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15641 \begin_inset space ~
15646 feature described in section
15652 Additional Features
15657 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15659 \begin_inset Index idx
15662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15663 Typography ! Quotes
15669 \begin_inset Index idx
15672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15703 \begin_layout Standard
15704 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15705 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15706 and use a closing quote at the end.
15708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15716 The keyboard character,
15720 , generates this automatically.
15723 \begin_layout Standard
15724 You can change the behavior of the
15728 key using the submenu
15734 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15738 \begin_inset Index idx
15741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15742 Document ! Settings
15750 \begin_layout Standard
15751 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15756 There are six choices:
15759 \begin_layout Labeling
15760 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15772 Use quotes like this
15773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15781 \begin_inset Quotes els
15785 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15791 \begin_layout Labeling
15792 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15795 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15799 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15805 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15809 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15813 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15819 \begin_layout Labeling
15820 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15823 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15827 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15833 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15837 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15841 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15845 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15851 \begin_layout Labeling
15852 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15855 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15859 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15865 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15869 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15873 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15877 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15883 \begin_layout Labeling
15884 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15887 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15891 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15897 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15901 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15905 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15909 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15915 \begin_layout Labeling
15916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15919 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15923 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15929 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15933 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15937 \begin_inset Quotes als
15941 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15947 \begin_layout Standard
15948 These settings affect what character the
15955 \begin_layout Subsection
15957 \begin_inset Index idx
15960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15961 Typography ! Ligatures
15967 \begin_inset Index idx
15970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16001 name "sub:Ligatures"
16008 \begin_layout Standard
16009 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16010 print them as single characters.
16011 These groups are known as
16016 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16018 Here are the standard ligatures:
16021 \begin_layout Itemize
16025 \begin_layout Itemize
16029 \begin_layout Itemize
16033 \begin_layout Itemize
16037 \begin_layout Itemize
16041 \begin_layout Standard
16042 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16045 \begin_layout Standard
16046 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16047 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16055 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16071 To break a ligature, use
16073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16074 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16076 \begin_inset space ~
16083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16094 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16111 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16119 \begin_layout Subsection
16121 \begin_inset Index idx
16124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16133 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16140 \begin_layout Standard
16141 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16142 characters in different sizes and heights.
16143 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16144 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16164 \begin_inset Note Note
16167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16168 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16176 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16177 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16182 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16186 \begin_layout Description
16187 LyX The name of the game, write
16188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16209 \begin_layout Description
16210 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16232 \begin_layout Description
16233 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16255 \begin_layout Description
16256 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16278 \begin_layout Standard
16279 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16284 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16292 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16293 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16294 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16297 : The actual version is
16298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16305 , the previous one was
16306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16316 \begin_layout Standard
16317 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16322 \begin_inset space \space{}
16325 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16327 This will look in LyX like:
16328 \begin_inset Graphics
16329 filename ../clipart/LaTeX.png
16335 \begin_inset Newline newline
16338 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16339 \begin_inset space ~
16343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16345 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16352 \begin_layout Subsection
16354 \begin_inset Index idx
16357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16366 \begin_layout Standard
16367 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16368 space between two words.
16369 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16379 for units use the menu
16381 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16382 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16384 \begin_inset space ~
16392 arg "space-insert thin"
16398 \begin_layout Standard
16399 Here's an example to show the differences:
16402 \begin_layout Standard
16403 \begin_inset Tabular
16404 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16405 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
16406 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
16407 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
16409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16414 \begin_inset space ~
16418 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16430 space between number and unit
16437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16446 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16458 half space between number and unit
16471 \begin_layout Subsection
16473 \begin_inset Index idx
16476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16477 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16485 \begin_layout Standard
16486 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16488 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16489 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16490 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16491 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16492 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16493 These bits of text became known as
16504 \begin_layout Standard
16505 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16506 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16507 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16508 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16509 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16510 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16511 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16514 \begin_layout Standard
16515 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16516 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16517 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16518 \begin_inset space ~
16522 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16524 key "latexcompanion"
16529 \begin_inset space ~
16533 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16539 ] may have more information.
16540 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16543 \begin_layout Chapter
16544 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16547 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16554 \begin_layout Standard
16555 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16560 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16563 \begin_layout Section
16565 \begin_inset Index idx
16568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16575 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16584 \begin_layout Standard
16585 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16588 \begin_layout Description
16590 \begin_inset space ~
16593 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16594 \begin_inset Newline newline
16598 \begin_inset Note Note
16601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16602 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16610 \begin_layout Description
16611 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16612 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16614 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16615 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16617 \begin_inset space ~
16623 \begin_inset Newline newline
16627 \begin_inset Note Comment
16630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16631 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16639 \begin_layout Description
16641 \begin_inset space ~
16644 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16645 set in the document settings under
16647 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16649 \begin_inset space ~
16655 \begin_inset Newline newline
16659 \begin_inset Newline newline
16663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16672 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16673 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16678 of a comment that appears in the output.
16684 \begin_inset Newline newline
16688 \begin_inset Newline newline
16691 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16692 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16695 \begin_layout Standard
16696 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16704 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16708 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16711 \begin_layout Section
16713 \begin_inset Index idx
16716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16725 name "sec:Footnotes"
16732 \begin_layout Standard
16733 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16739 or the toolbar button
16742 arg "footnote-insert"
16754 \begin_inset Graphics
16755 filename ../clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16764 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16793 label, the box will
16797 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16798 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16811 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16827 \begin_layout Standard
16828 Here is an example footnote:
16836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16837 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16845 \begin_layout Standard
16846 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16847 position where the footnote box is placed.
16848 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16849 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
16850 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
16852 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
16853 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
16858 ey are described in the
16865 \begin_layout Section
16867 \begin_inset Index idx
16870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16879 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16886 \begin_layout Standard
16887 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16888 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16890 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16892 \begin_inset space ~
16897 or the toolbar button
16900 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16926 appearing within your text.
16927 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16936 \begin_layout Standard
16937 At the side is an example marginal note.
16941 \begin_inset Marginal
16944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16945 This is a marginal note.
16953 \begin_layout Standard
16954 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16955 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16956 pages, right on odd pages.
16959 \begin_layout Standard
16960 For further information about marginal notes see section
16963 \begin_inset space ~
16971 \begin_inset space ~
16979 \begin_layout Section
16980 Graphics and Images
16981 \begin_inset Index idx
16984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16991 \begin_inset Index idx
16994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17003 name "sec:Graphics"
17010 \begin_layout Standard
17011 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17012 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17013 \begin_inset Graphics
17014 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
17020 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17024 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17027 \begin_layout Standard
17028 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17033 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17034 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17036 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17037 \begin_inset space ~
17041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17043 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17050 \begin_layout Standard
17055 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17056 of the image in the output.
17057 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17061 \begin_inset space ~
17065 \begin_inset space ~
17074 \begin_inset space ~
17078 \begin_inset space ~
17082 \begin_inset space ~
17087 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17088 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17096 \begin_layout Standard
17099 LaTeX and LyX options
17101 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17102 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17106 \begin_inset space ~
17111 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17112 with the image size is printed.
17115 \begin_layout Standard
17116 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17117 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17119 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17123 \begin_layout Standard
17125 \begin_inset Graphics
17126 filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
17128 rotateOrigin center
17135 \begin_layout Standard
17136 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17137 the image into a float, see section
17138 \begin_inset space ~
17142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17144 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17151 \begin_layout Subsection
17153 \begin_inset Index idx
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17163 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17165 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17172 \begin_layout Standard
17173 You can insert images in any known file format.
17174 But as we explained in section
17175 \begin_inset space ~
17179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17181 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17185 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17186 LyX uses therefore the program
17190 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17191 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17192 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17193 \begin_inset space ~
17197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17199 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17206 \begin_layout Standard
17207 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17210 \begin_layout Description
17212 \begin_inset space ~
17215 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17216 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17217 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17221 Graphics Interchange Format
17222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17225 (GIF, file extension
17226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17238 \begin_inset Index idx
17241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17273 Portable Network Graphics
17274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17277 (PNG, file extension
17278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17290 \begin_inset Index idx
17293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17325 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17329 (JPG, file extension
17330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17354 \begin_inset Index idx
17357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17388 \begin_layout Description
17390 \begin_inset space ~
17393 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17395 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17396 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17397 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17398 \begin_inset Newline newline
17401 Scalable image formats can be
17402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17405 Scalable Vector Graphics
17406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17409 (SVG, file extension
17410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17422 \begin_inset Index idx
17425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17457 Encapsulated PostScript
17458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17461 (EPS, file extension
17462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17474 \begin_inset Index idx
17477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17509 Portable Document Format
17510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17513 (PDF, file extension
17514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17526 \begin_inset Index idx
17529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17536 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17537 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17538 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17544 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17552 \begin_layout Standard
17553 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17557 \begin_layout Subsection
17558 Grouping of Image Settings
17559 \begin_inset Index idx
17562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17563 Images ! Settings grouping
17571 \begin_layout Standard
17572 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17574 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17575 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17577 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17578 need to manually change each of them.
17582 \begin_layout Standard
17583 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17586 \begin_inset space ~
17591 field in the Graphics dialog.
17592 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17593 by checking the name of the desired group.
17596 \begin_layout Section
17598 \begin_inset Index idx
17601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17617 \begin_layout Standard
17618 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17619 \begin_inset Graphics
17620 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
17627 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17631 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17632 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17633 from the rest of the table.
17634 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17635 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17637 Here's an example table:
17640 \begin_layout Standard
17642 \begin_inset Tabular
17643 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17644 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
17645 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17646 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17647 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17648 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17848 \begin_layout Subsection
17852 \begin_layout Standard
17853 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17854 brings up the table dialog.
17855 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17856 where the cursor is placed currently.
17857 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17858 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17859 done on all of your selection.
17862 \begin_layout Standard
17863 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17866 \begin_inset space ~
17871 helps you in setting table properties.
17872 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17875 \begin_layout Standard
17879 \begin_inset space ~
17884 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17885 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17886 current cell respectively.
17887 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17889 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17890 of text, see section
17891 \begin_inset space ~
17895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17897 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17904 \begin_layout Standard
17905 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17906 using the check box
17915 This will merge the cells to
17919 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17920 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17921 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17922 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17923 in the last row without the upper border:
17926 \begin_layout Standard
17928 \begin_inset Tabular
17929 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17930 <features rotate="0" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17931 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17932 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
17933 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17934 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17945 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18065 \begin_layout Standard
18066 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18067 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18068 explained in the tables section of the
18071 \begin_inset space ~
18077 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18078 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18081 degrees counterclockwise.
18082 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18085 \begin_layout Standard
18086 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18094 Most DVI-viewers are
18098 able to display rotations.
18106 \begin_layout Standard
18111 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18116 adds lines for all cell borders.
18119 \begin_layout Subsection
18121 \begin_inset Index idx
18124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18125 Tables ! Longtables
18131 \begin_inset Index idx
18134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 \begin_layout Standard
18144 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18147 \begin_inset space ~
18151 \begin_inset space ~
18160 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18161 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18164 \begin_layout Description
18169 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18170 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18171 except for the first page, if
18174 \begin_inset space ~
18182 \begin_layout Description
18186 \begin_inset space ~
18191 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18192 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18195 \begin_layout Description
18200 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18201 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18202 except for the last page, if
18205 \begin_inset space ~
18213 \begin_layout Description
18217 \begin_inset space ~
18222 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18223 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18226 \begin_layout Description
18227 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18228 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18234 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18237 \begin_inset space ~
18245 \begin_layout Standard
18246 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18247 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18248 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18249 The others will then be defined as
18254 In this context, first means first in this order:
18257 \begin_inset space ~
18269 \begin_inset space ~
18275 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18278 \begin_layout Standard
18280 \begin_inset Tabular
18281 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18282 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18283 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18284 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18285 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18286 <row endfirsthead="true">
18287 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18298 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <row endfirsthead="true">
18318 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <row endhead="true">
18351 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18362 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <row endhead="true">
18382 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18414 <row endfoot="true">
18415 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18426 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18435 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18466 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19407 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19416 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19436 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19467 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19498 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19529 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19560 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19591 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19622 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19653 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19684 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19715 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19746 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19777 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19808 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19839 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19870 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19901 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19932 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19963 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19994 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20025 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20056 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20087 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20118 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20149 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20180 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20211 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20242 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20273 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20304 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20335 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20366 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20396 <row endlastfoot="true">
20397 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20408 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20417 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20434 \begin_layout Subsection
20436 \begin_inset Index idx
20439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20448 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20455 \begin_layout Standard
20456 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20457 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20458 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20459 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20463 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20464 for the cell's paragraph.
20467 \begin_layout Standard
20468 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20469 for the column in the table dialog.
20470 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20471 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20475 \begin_layout Standard
20477 \begin_inset Tabular
20478 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20479 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
20480 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20481 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20482 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20502 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20571 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20627 This is longer now.
20632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20684 This is longer now.
20689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20715 \begin_layout Standard
20716 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20717 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20722 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20723 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20729 Selection with the mouse or with
20733 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20734 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20735 the selection from outside the table.
20738 \begin_layout Section
20740 \begin_inset Index idx
20743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20759 \begin_layout Subsection
20763 \begin_layout Standard
20764 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20765 have a fixed location.
20767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20774 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20782 \begin_inset space ~
20787 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20788 too many notes on the page.
20791 \begin_layout Standard
20792 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20793 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20794 and pages without text.
20795 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20796 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20797 Floats are therefore numbered.
20798 Referencing is described in section
20799 \begin_inset space ~
20803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20805 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20812 \begin_layout Standard
20813 To insert a float, use the menu
20815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20819 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
20820 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20822 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20823 \begin_inset Index idx
20826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20834 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20835 paragraph within the float.
20836 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20837 by left-clicking on the box label.
20838 A closed float box looks like this:
20839 \begin_inset Graphics
20840 filename ../clipart/floatQt4.png
20845 – a gray button with a red label.
20848 \begin_layout Standard
20849 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20850 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20853 \begin_layout Subsection
20857 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20861 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
20866 \begin_inset Index idx
20869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20872 Floats ! Figure floats
20880 \begin_layout Standard
20882 \begin_inset space ~
20886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20888 reference "cap:Platypus"
20892 was created using the menu
20894 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20895 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20898 or the toolbar button
20901 arg "float-insert figure"
20905 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
20908 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20911 or the toolbar button
20914 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
20918 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
20919 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
20921 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20923 \begin_inset space ~
20928 or the toolbar button
20931 arg "layout-paragraph"
20937 \begin_layout Standard
20938 \begin_inset Float figure
20943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20945 \begin_inset Graphics
20946 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
20955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20956 \begin_inset Caption Standard
20958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20961 name "cap:Platypus"
20965 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20978 \begin_layout Standard
20979 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20981 As described in section
20982 \begin_inset space ~
20986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20988 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20992 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20994 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20997 or the toolbar button
21003 and refer to it using the menu
21005 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21008 or the toolbar button
21011 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21015 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21024 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21036 \begin_layout Standard
21037 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21038 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21039 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21040 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21041 as described in section
21042 \begin_inset space ~
21046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21048 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21054 \begin_inset space ~
21058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21060 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21064 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21065 You can also set the images one below the other.
21067 \begin_inset space ~
21071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21073 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21080 reference "fig:Platypus"
21084 are the subfigures.
21087 \begin_layout Standard
21088 \begin_inset Float figure
21093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21094 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21098 \begin_inset Float figure
21103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21104 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21111 name "fig:Undefinable"
21123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21124 \begin_inset Graphics
21125 filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21136 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21140 \begin_inset Float figure
21145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21146 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21153 name "fig:Platypus"
21165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21166 \begin_inset Graphics
21167 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
21179 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21186 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21189 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21191 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21195 Two distorted images.
21208 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21210 \begin_inset Index idx
21213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21216 Floats ! Table floats
21224 \begin_layout Standard
21225 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21227 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21228 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21231 or the toolbar botton
21234 arg "float-insert table"
21238 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21241 \begin_inset space ~
21245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21247 reference "cap:Table-float"
21254 \begin_layout Standard
21255 \begin_inset Float table
21260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21261 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21266 name "cap:Table-float"
21278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21280 \begin_inset Tabular
21281 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21282 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
21283 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21284 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21285 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21349 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21361 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21364 \end{array}\right]$
21372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21376 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21397 \begin_layout Subsection
21399 \begin_inset Index idx
21402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21413 \begin_layout Standard
21414 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21415 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21416 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21418 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21426 \begin_inset space ~
21434 \begin_layout Section
21436 \begin_inset Index idx
21439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21448 name "sec:Minipages"
21455 \begin_layout Standard
21456 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21458 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21459 \begin_inset space ~
21466 \begin_layout Standard
21467 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21469 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21473 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21474 and its alignment within the page.
21477 \begin_layout Standard
21479 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21489 height_special "totalheight"
21492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21495 This is a minipage.
21496 The text is set in an italic style.
21499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21502 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21503 another formatting.
21511 \begin_layout Standard
21512 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21515 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21519 as described in section
21520 \begin_inset space ~
21524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21526 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21531 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21537 \begin_layout Standard
21538 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21548 height_special "totalheight"
21551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21552 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21553 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21559 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21563 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21573 height_special "totalheight"
21576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21577 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21578 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21586 \begin_layout Standard
21587 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21593 \begin_layout Standard
21594 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21595 to other box types.
21596 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21607 \begin_layout Chapter
21608 Mathematical Formulas
21609 \begin_inset Index idx
21612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21619 \begin_inset Index idx
21622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21653 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21660 \begin_layout Standard
21661 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21666 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21669 \begin_layout Section
21671 \begin_inset Index idx
21674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21683 \begin_layout Standard
21684 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21685 \begin_inset Graphics
21686 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
21691 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21693 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21694 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21695 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21697 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21703 \begin_layout Standard
21704 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21708 \begin_inset space ~
21713 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21716 \begin_layout Standard
21717 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21718 line, like this one:
21721 \begin_layout Standard
21722 This is a line with an inline formula
21723 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21729 \begin_layout Standard
21730 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21732 \begin_inset Formula
21739 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21742 \begin_layout Standard
21743 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21745 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21749 \begin_inset space \space{}
21753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21766 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21767 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21771 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21774 \begin_inset space ~
21782 \begin_layout Subsection
21783 Navigating in Formulas
21784 \begin_inset Index idx
21787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21796 \begin_layout Standard
21797 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21798 achieved with the arrow keys.
21799 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21800 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21805 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21806 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21810 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21814 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21817 \end{array}\right]$
21825 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21830 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21831 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21834 \begin_layout Standard
21839 , printed in this document as
21840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21861 \begin_inset Note Note
21864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21865 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21866 space character (visible space).
21871 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21872 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21873 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21878 For example, if you want
21879 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21933 , since in the latter case only the
21936 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21941 will be under the square root sign:
21942 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21948 \begin_layout Standard
21949 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21951 \begin_inset Formula
21953 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21962 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21963 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21966 \begin_layout Subsection
21970 \begin_layout Standard
21971 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21972 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21976 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21977 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21978 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21979 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21980 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21983 \begin_layout Subsection
21984 Exponents and Subscripts
21985 \begin_inset Index idx
21988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21995 \begin_inset Index idx
21998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22007 \begin_layout Standard
22008 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22009 way is to use a command.
22011 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22014 , type in a formula
22020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22036 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22042 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22046 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22067 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22076 , you have to use an extra
22080 to separate the hat and the character.
22082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22086 \begin_inset space \space{}
22090 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22111 Subscripts are similar: To get
22112 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22135 \begin_layout Subsection
22137 \begin_inset Index idx
22140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22149 \begin_layout Standard
22150 Create a fraction with either the command
22157 \begin_inset Graphics
22158 filename ../../images/math/frac.png
22166 \begin_inset space ~
22172 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22173 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22174 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22179 To move back up, press
22184 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22185 \begin_inset Formula
22187 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22190 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22198 \begin_layout Subsection
22200 \begin_inset Index idx
22203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22212 \begin_layout Standard
22213 Roots can be created using the
22216 \begin_inset space ~
22222 \begin_inset Graphics
22223 filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png
22246 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22252 produces always a square root.
22255 \begin_layout Subsection
22256 Operators with Limits
22257 \begin_inset Index idx
22260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22267 \begin_inset Index idx
22270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22279 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22286 \begin_layout Standard
22288 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22292 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22295 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22296 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22297 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22298 The sum operator will automatically place its
22299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22306 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22309 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22313 \begin_inset Formula
22315 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22320 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22324 \begin_layout Standard
22325 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22327 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22328 behind the operator and hitting
22336 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22337 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22339 \begin_inset space ~
22343 \begin_inset space ~
22351 \begin_layout Standard
22352 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22360 feature as addition, such as
22361 \begin_inset Index idx
22364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22371 \begin_inset Formula
22373 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22378 which will place the
22379 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22391 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22392 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22398 \begin_layout Standard
22399 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22406 Have a look at section
22407 \begin_inset space ~
22411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22413 reference "sub:Functions"
22417 for an explanation of function macros.
22420 \begin_layout Subsection
22422 \begin_inset Index idx
22425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22434 \begin_layout Standard
22435 Most math symbols can be found in the
22438 \begin_inset space ~
22443 under one of several categories; including
22460 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22464 \begin_layout Standard
22465 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22466 you don't have to use the
22469 \begin_inset space ~
22474 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22475 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22478 \begin_layout Subsection
22480 \begin_inset Index idx
22483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22492 \begin_layout Standard
22493 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22498 arg "space-insert protected"
22504 \begin_inset space ~
22510 \begin_inset Graphics
22511 filename ../../images/math/space.png
22516 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22517 For example, the sequence
22522 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22526 \begin_inset Graphics
22527 filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22532 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22533 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22534 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22535 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22537 Here are two examples:
22540 \begin_layout Standard
22550 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22556 \begin_layout Standard
22566 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22572 \begin_layout Subsection
22574 \begin_inset Index idx
22577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22584 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22586 name "sub:Functions"
22593 \begin_layout Standard
22597 \begin_inset space ~
22602 contains under the button
22603 \begin_inset Graphics
22604 filename ../../images/math/functions.png
22608 a number of function macros, such as
22609 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22613 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22621 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22628 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22629 avoid confusions, because
22630 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22634 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22640 \begin_layout Standard
22641 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22643 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22647 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22653 \begin_layout Standard
22654 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22655 s are placed, as described in section
22656 \begin_inset space ~
22660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22662 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22669 \begin_layout Subsection
22671 \begin_inset Index idx
22674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22683 \begin_layout Standard
22684 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22686 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22687 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22688 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22692 \begin_inset space \space{}
22696 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22699 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22700 Our example is entered by typing
22708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22721 \begin_inset space ~
22725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22727 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22731 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22734 \begin_layout Standard
22735 \begin_inset Float table
22740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22741 \begin_inset Caption Standard
22743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22746 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22750 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22760 \begin_inset Tabular
22761 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22762 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
22763 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22764 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22765 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22849 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22903 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22957 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23011 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23065 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23119 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23173 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23227 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23281 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23326 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23347 \begin_layout Standard
23348 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23351 \begin_inset space ~
23357 \begin_inset Graphics
23358 filename ../../images/math/hat.png
23362 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23366 \begin_layout Section
23367 Brackets and Delimiters
23368 \begin_inset Index idx
23371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23378 \begin_inset Index idx
23381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23390 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23397 \begin_layout Standard
23398 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23399 For most purposes, using just the keys
23404 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23405 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23406 toolbar delimiter icon
23407 \begin_inset Graphics
23408 filename ../../images/math/delim.png
23413 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23415 \begin_inset Formula
23417 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23425 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23426 \begin_inset Formula
23428 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23436 \begin_layout Standard
23437 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23438 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23441 \begin_layout Standard
23442 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23443 left side and right side.
23444 If you use the option
23447 \begin_inset space ~
23452 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23453 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23454 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23455 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23458 \begin_layout Standard
23459 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23460 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23461 inside the brackets.
23462 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23467 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23470 \begin_layout Section
23471 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23472 \begin_inset Index idx
23475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23482 \begin_inset Index idx
23485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23492 \begin_inset Index idx
23495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23496 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23504 \begin_layout Standard
23505 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23508 \begin_inset space ~
23514 \begin_inset Graphics
23515 filename ../../images/math/matrix.png
23520 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23521 Here is an example:
23522 \begin_inset Formula
23524 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23533 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23534 \begin_inset space ~
23538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23540 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23545 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23546 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23547 This alignment is set in the box
23552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23600 for every column as default.
23601 For example, the sequence
23602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23613 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23614 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23615 corresponds to the relevant column.
23616 The result will look like this:
23617 \begin_inset Formula
23620 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23621 column & has & has\, right\\
23622 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23631 \begin_layout Standard
23632 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23635 arg "newline-insert newline"
23638 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23639 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23641 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23644 or the math toolbar.
23647 \begin_layout Standard
23648 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23649 It can be created with the menu
23651 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23652 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23654 \begin_inset space ~
23666 Here is an example:
23667 \begin_inset Formula
23681 \begin_layout Standard
23682 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23685 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23688 arg "newline-insert newline"
23692 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23697 arg "newline-insert newline"
23700 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23708 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23709 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23710 A new row is created by every further hit of
23713 arg "newline-insert newline"
23717 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23718 Here is an example:
23719 \begin_inset Formula
23721 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23722 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23727 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23728 where you want to start the shift and hit
23733 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23734 position to the next column.
23735 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23736 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23737 \begin_inset Formula
23739 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23747 \begin_layout Standard
23748 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23755 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23756 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23759 reference "eq:asquared"
23764 The other types are described in section
23765 \begin_inset space ~
23769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23771 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23778 \begin_layout Section
23779 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23780 \begin_inset Index idx
23783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23784 Math ! Formula numbering
23790 \begin_inset Index idx
23793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23794 Math ! Referencing formulas
23800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23802 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23809 \begin_layout Standard
23810 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23812 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23813 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23815 \begin_inset space ~
23823 arg "math-number-toggle"
23827 The formula number appears in LyX as
23828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23835 within parentheses.
23837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23844 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23846 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23847 the document class.
23848 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23849 separated by a dot:
23850 \begin_inset Formula
23860 arg "math-number-toggle"
23863 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23864 You can only number displayed formulas.
23867 \begin_layout Standard
23868 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23870 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23871 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23873 \begin_inset space ~
23877 \begin_inset space ~
23881 \begin_inset space ~
23889 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23892 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23893 \begin_inset Formula
23896 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23902 To number all lines use the shortcut
23905 arg "math-number-toggle"
23911 \begin_layout Standard
23912 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23915 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23916 A label is inserted with the menu
23918 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23921 when the cursor is in the formula.
23922 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23923 It is recommended to use the proposed
23924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23935 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23936 type when you have many labels in your document.
23937 We inserted in the following example the label
23938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23945 in the second line:
23946 \begin_inset Formula
23948 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23949 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23954 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23955 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23965 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23967 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23969 \begin_inset space ~
23975 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23976 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23977 as the formula number:
23980 \begin_layout Standard
23981 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23984 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23991 \begin_layout Standard
23992 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23993 \begin_inset space ~
23997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23999 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24004 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24007 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24010 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24015 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24023 \begin_layout Section
24024 User defined math macros
24025 \begin_inset Index idx
24028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24037 \begin_layout Standard
24038 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24039 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24040 Math macros are explained in section
24043 \begin_inset space ~
24055 \begin_layout Section
24059 \begin_layout Subsection
24061 \begin_inset Index idx
24064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24073 \begin_layout Standard
24074 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24075 To set a font in a formula, use the
24078 \begin_inset space ~
24084 \begin_inset Graphics
24085 filename ../../images/math/font.png
24089 , or enter its command, listed in table
24090 \begin_inset space ~
24094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24096 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24103 \begin_layout Standard
24104 \begin_inset Float table
24109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24110 \begin_inset Caption Standard
24112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24115 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24119 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24129 \begin_inset Tabular
24130 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24131 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
24132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24165 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24192 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24219 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24252 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24279 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24306 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24340 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24367 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24401 \begin_layout Standard
24402 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24410 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24426 \begin_layout Standard
24427 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24428 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24433 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24434 space when you need a space in the box.
24435 Here an example where
24436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24447 denotes the set of numbers:
24448 \begin_inset Formula
24450 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24458 \begin_layout Standard
24459 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24465 \begin_inset space \space{}
24477 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24481 \begin_inset Newline newline
24484 So it is better not to use this feature.
24487 \begin_layout Standard
24488 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24489 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24493 \begin_inset Newline newline
24496 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24502 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24503 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24509 \begin_layout Standard
24516 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24520 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24522 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24523 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24525 \begin_inset space ~
24533 \begin_layout Subsection
24535 \begin_inset Index idx
24538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24547 \begin_layout Standard
24548 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24550 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24554 \begin_inset space ~
24558 \begin_inset space ~
24566 \begin_inset space ~
24572 \begin_inset Graphics
24573 filename ../../images/math/font.png
24584 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24585 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24586 Here is an example:
24587 \begin_inset Formula
24590 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24591 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24600 \begin_layout Subsection
24602 \begin_inset Index idx
24605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24614 \begin_layout Standard
24615 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24616 automatically chosen in most situations.
24634 For most characters,
24642 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24643 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24648 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24649 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24651 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24652 \begin_inset Graphics
24653 filename ../../images/math/style.png
24658 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24659 For example, you can set
24660 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24663 , which is normally in
24672 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24676 The four styles are used in the following example:
24679 \begin_layout Standard
24680 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24684 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24688 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24692 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24698 \begin_layout Standard
24699 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24700 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24702 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24704 \begin_inset space ~
24709 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24710 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24711 will be adjusted to correspond.
24712 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24723 \begin_layout Standard
24727 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24733 \begin_layout Section
24737 \begin_layout Standard
24738 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24739 the document classes and into layout modules.
24740 \begin_inset Index idx
24743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24749 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24750 other than the AMS classes.
24752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24754 reference "sub:Modules"
24758 for more on layout modules.
24761 \begin_layout Section
24763 \begin_inset Index idx
24766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24773 \begin_inset Index idx
24776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24785 \begin_layout Standard
24786 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24787 (AMS) that are in common use.
24790 \begin_layout Subsection
24791 Enabling AMS-Support
24794 \begin_layout Standard
24795 Selecting the checkbox
24798 \begin_inset space ~
24802 \begin_inset space ~
24806 \begin_inset space ~
24813 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24817 \begin_inset Index idx
24820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24821 Document ! Settings
24829 \begin_inset space ~
24834 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24836 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24837 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24840 \begin_layout Subsection
24842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24844 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24849 \begin_inset Index idx
24852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24853 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24861 \begin_layout Standard
24862 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24863 LyX allows you to choose between
24884 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24887 \begin_layout Chapter
24891 \begin_layout Section
24893 \begin_inset Index idx
24896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24905 name "sec:Cross-References"
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24913 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24914 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24916 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24917 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24918 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24921 \begin_layout Enumerate
24925 \begin_layout Enumerate
24926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24928 name "enu:Second-item"
24935 \begin_layout Enumerate
24939 \begin_layout Standard
24940 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24945 or by pressing the toolbar button
24946 \begin_inset Graphics
24947 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
24953 A grey label box like this:
24954 \begin_inset Graphics
24955 filename ../clipart/labelQt4.png
24960 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24961 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24996 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24997 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25001 \begin_inset space \space{}
25004 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25019 \begin_layout Standard
25020 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25022 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25025 or the toolbar button
25026 \begin_inset Graphics
25027 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
25033 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25034 \begin_inset Graphics
25035 filename ../clipart/referenceQt4.png
25040 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25042 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25055 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25059 \begin_layout Standard
25062 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25065 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25070 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25071 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25073 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25079 \begin_layout Standard
25080 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25081 \begin_inset space ~
25085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25087 reference "enu:Second-item"
25094 \begin_layout Standard
25095 It is recommended to use a protected space
25099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25100 described in section
25101 \begin_inset space ~
25105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25107 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25116 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25120 \begin_layout Standard
25121 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25124 \begin_layout Description
25125 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25128 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25135 \begin_layout Description
25136 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25137 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25149 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25156 \begin_layout Description
25157 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25158 \begin_inset space ~
25162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25163 LatexCommand pageref
25164 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25171 \begin_layout Description
25173 \begin_inset space ~
25177 \begin_inset space ~
25180 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25182 LatexCommand vpageref
25183 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25190 \begin_layout Description
25192 \begin_inset space ~
25196 \begin_inset space ~
25200 \begin_inset space ~
25203 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25206 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25213 \begin_layout Description
25215 \begin_inset space ~
25218 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25219 \begin_inset Newline newline
25223 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25231 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25240 \begin_inset Index idx
25243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25244 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25250 \begin_inset Index idx
25253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25254 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25265 \begin_inset Newline newline
25268 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25271 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25275 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25276 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25280 The format is specified by adding the command
25292 (refstyle) to the preamble of the document.
25293 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25306 ) can be done with this command
25307 \begin_inset Newline newline
25314 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25319 \begin_inset Newline newline
25322 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25324 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25326 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25333 \begin_layout Description
25335 \begin_inset space ~
25338 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25340 LatexCommand nameref
25341 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25348 \begin_layout Standard
25353 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25360 \begin_inset space \space{}
25364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25378 <reference> on page <page>
25380 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25383 \begin_layout Standard
25384 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25385 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25386 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25390 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25394 \begin_layout Standard
25395 You can only use the style
25399 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25403 is always possible.
25406 \begin_layout Standard
25407 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25408 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25410 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25411 \begin_inset space ~
25415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25417 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25424 \begin_layout Standard
25425 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25429 \begin_inset space ~
25433 \begin_inset space ~
25438 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25439 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25442 \begin_inset space ~
25447 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25448 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25449 \begin_inset Graphics
25450 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
25451 rotateOrigin center
25458 \begin_layout Standard
25459 You can change labels at any time.
25460 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25461 do not need to take care about this.
25464 \begin_layout Standard
25465 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25466 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25469 \begin_layout Standard
25470 References are described in detail in sec.
25471 \begin_inset space ~
25475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25489 \begin_layout Section
25490 Table of Contents and other Listings
25491 \begin_inset Index idx
25494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25501 \begin_inset Index idx
25504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25520 \begin_layout Subsection
25522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25524 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25531 \begin_layout Standard
25532 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25534 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25535 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25537 \begin_inset space ~
25541 \begin_inset space ~
25547 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25548 If you click on it, the
25552 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25553 sections in your documents.
25554 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25556 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25559 that is described in sec.
25560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25566 reference "sec:Navigating"
25573 \begin_layout Standard
25574 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25575 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25577 \begin_inset space ~
25581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25583 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25587 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25589 \begin_inset space ~
25593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25595 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25599 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25601 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25604 \begin_layout Subsection
25605 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25608 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25615 \begin_layout Standard
25616 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25617 You can insert them via the
25619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25621 \begin_inset space ~
25625 \begin_inset space ~
25631 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25634 \begin_layout Section
25635 URLs and Hyperlinks
25636 \begin_inset Index idx
25639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25646 \begin_inset Index idx
25649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25658 \begin_layout Subsection
25660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25669 \begin_layout Standard
25670 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25672 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25678 \begin_layout Standard
25679 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25680 \begin_inset Flex URL
25683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25693 \begin_layout Standard
25694 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25700 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25704 \begin_layout Standard
25705 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25713 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25721 \begin_layout Subsection
25723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25725 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25732 \begin_layout Standard
25733 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25735 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25738 or with the toolbar button
25739 \begin_inset Graphics
25740 filename ../../images/href-insert.png
25745 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25754 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25755 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25756 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25758 name "LyX's homepage"
25759 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25763 , an Email address like this:
25764 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25766 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25767 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25772 , or a link to a file.
25775 \begin_layout Standard
25776 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25789 to the link target.
25792 \begin_layout Standard
25793 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25794 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25795 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25796 the text style dialog.
25797 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25801 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25803 name "LyX's homepage"
25804 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25811 \begin_layout Standard
25812 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25816 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25818 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25819 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25823 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25825 \begin_inset Newline newline
25833 \begin_inset Newline newline
25840 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25843 \begin_layout Section
25845 \begin_inset Index idx
25848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25857 name "sec:Appendices"
25864 \begin_layout Standard
25865 Appendices are created with the menu
25867 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25869 \begin_inset space ~
25873 \begin_inset space ~
25879 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25880 as the appendix region.
25881 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25884 \begin_layout Standard
25885 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25886 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25887 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25888 and the subsection number.
25889 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25893 \begin_layout Standard
25895 \begin_inset space ~
25899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25901 reference "cha:Credits"
25906 \begin_inset space ~
25910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25912 reference "sub:Export"
25919 \begin_layout Section
25921 \begin_inset Index idx
25924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25933 name "sec:Bibliography"
25940 \begin_layout Standard
25941 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25942 You can include a bibliography database,
25946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25947 Known under the name
25948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25960 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25961 manually, using the paragraph environment
25965 , which was described in section
25966 \begin_inset space ~
25970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25972 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25977 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25978 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25982 use a bibliography database.
25985 \begin_layout Subsection
25986 The Bibliography Environment
25989 \begin_layout Standard
25994 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25996 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26005 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26007 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26016 , a short form of its title, as key.
26019 \begin_layout Standard
26020 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26022 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26025 or the toolbar button
26026 \begin_inset Graphics
26027 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
26032 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26033 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26034 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26035 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26039 \begin_layout Standard
26040 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26041 entry with surrounding brackets.
26046 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26047 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26059 \begin_layout Standard
26062 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26065 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26067 key "latexcompanion"
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26075 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26076 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26085 \begin_layout Subsection
26086 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26087 \begin_inset Index idx
26090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26091 Bibliography ! Databases
26097 \begin_inset Index idx
26100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26101 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26109 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26116 \begin_layout Standard
26117 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26123 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26125 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26126 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26131 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26133 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26134 your working field in a database.
26135 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26136 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26138 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26142 \begin_layout Standard
26143 The database is a text file with the file extension
26144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26155 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26156 The format is explained in
26157 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26163 and in LaTeX books (
26164 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26166 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26171 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26172 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26173 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26174 \begin_inset Flex URL
26177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26179 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26187 \begin_layout Standard
26188 To use a database, use the menu
26190 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26195 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26208 \begin_inset space ~
26214 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26215 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26218 Add bibliography to TOC
26220 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26225 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26226 in the document or just the cited references.
26229 \begin_layout Standard
26230 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26242 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26243 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26244 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26246 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26252 For information how this is done, have a look at
26253 \begin_inset Newline newline
26257 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26259 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26271 \begin_layout Standard
26272 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26275 \begin_layout Standard
26276 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26279 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor;
26280 either in the document settings under
26284 or in LyX's preferences under
26286 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26301 The following variants are possible:
26304 \begin_layout Description
26307 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26308 other bibliography packages (like e.
26309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26313 \begin_inset space ~
26320 ), only with the package
26324 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26328 \begin_layout Description
26331 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26332 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26333 with all bibliography packages, except of
26338 \begin_layout Description
26341 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26346 , works with all.bibliography packages
26349 \begin_layout Standard
26352 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26356 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26362 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26372 When you select the option
26374 Sectioned bibliography
26378 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26381 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26382 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26384 Customizing Bibliographies
26392 Additional Features
26397 \begin_layout Standard
26398 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26399 the two methods of creating them.
26400 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26401 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26402 We used the style file
26406 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26409 \begin_layout Subsection
26410 Bibliography layout
26411 \begin_inset Index idx
26414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26415 Bibliography ! Layout
26423 \begin_layout Standard
26424 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26425 For this feature you need to enable the option
26431 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26435 \begin_inset Index idx
26438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26439 Document ! Settings
26449 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26450 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26451 in the previous section.
26454 \begin_layout Standard
26455 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26456 in the citation reference window.
26457 Here an example where we set the text
26458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26462 \begin_inset space ~
26466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26469 to appear after the reference:
26472 \begin_layout Standard
26474 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26477 key "latexcompanion"
26484 \begin_layout Section
26486 \begin_inset Index idx
26489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26505 \begin_layout Standard
26506 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26508 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26510 \begin_inset space ~
26515 or the toolbar button
26516 \begin_inset Graphics
26517 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
26523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26534 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26535 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26536 by LyX as the index entry.
26539 \begin_layout Standard
26540 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26541 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26543 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26545 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26552 \begin_layout Standard
26553 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26557 \begin_inset space ~
26561 \begin_inset space ~
26564 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26566 \begin_inset space ~
26572 A light blue box labeled
26573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26584 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26585 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26588 \begin_layout Subsection
26589 Grouping Index Entries
26590 \begin_inset Index idx
26593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26602 \begin_layout Standard
26603 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26605 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26606 lists under the entry
26607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26615 First we create the entry
26616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26624 \begin_inset space ~
26628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26630 reference "sub:Lists"
26635 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26636 \begin_inset space ~
26640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26642 reference "sec:Itemize"
26646 , we insert the command
26649 \begin_layout Standard
26655 \begin_layout Standard
26659 \begin_layout Standard
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26666 for the enumerated list in section
26667 \begin_inset space ~
26671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26673 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26680 \begin_layout Standard
26681 The exclamation mark
26682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26689 marks the grouping levels.
26690 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26691 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26692 If we don't have an index entry for
26693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26700 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26703 \begin_layout Subsection
26705 \begin_inset Index idx
26708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26709 Index ! Page ranges
26717 \begin_layout Standard
26718 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26720 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26726 \begin_inset space \space{}
26729 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26731 \begin_inset space ~
26735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26737 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26744 \begin_layout Standard
26747 Paragraph environments|(
26750 \begin_layout Standard
26751 and another entry at the end of section
26752 \begin_inset space ~
26756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26758 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26765 \begin_layout Standard
26768 Paragraph environments|)
26771 \begin_layout Standard
26773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26796 respectively start and end the index range.
26797 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26798 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26799 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26800 An example is the index entry
26801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26804 Document ! Settings
26805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26811 \begin_layout Subsection
26813 \begin_inset Index idx
26816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26817 Index ! Cross referencing
26825 \begin_layout Standard
26826 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26827 We referred for example in the index entry
26828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26836 \begin_inset space ~
26840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26842 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26846 ) to the index entry
26847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26854 in the same section using the entry
26857 \begin_layout Standard
26860 GIF|see{Image formats}
26863 \begin_layout Standard
26864 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26865 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26866 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26869 \begin_layout Subsection
26871 \begin_inset Index idx
26874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26875 Index ! Entry order
26883 \begin_layout Standard
26884 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26885 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26886 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26891 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26893 \begin_inset space ~
26897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26899 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26908 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26909 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26934 \begin_inset Index idx
26937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26938 Dummy entries ! maïs
26944 \begin_inset Index idx
26947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26948 Dummy entries ! maître
26954 \begin_inset Index idx
26957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26958 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26963 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26964 order maïs, maison, maître.
26965 To achieve this, we use the command
26968 \begin_layout Standard
26971 previous entry@current entry
26974 \begin_layout Standard
26975 In our case we want to have
26976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26991 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26994 \begin_layout Standard
27000 \begin_layout Standard
27001 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27002 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27006 \begin_layout Standard
27007 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27013 \begin_layout Standard
27014 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27019 to generate the index (see sec.
27020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27026 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27035 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27043 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27047 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27048 index commands start with
27049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27061 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27066 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27069 \begin_layout Standard
27081 \begin_layout Standard
27093 \begin_layout Subsection
27095 \begin_inset Index idx
27098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27099 Index ! Entry layout
27107 \begin_layout Standard
27108 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27109 \begin_inset Index idx
27112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27115 This is an italic dummy entry
27120 You can also format the page number using the character
27121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27128 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27129 We can write for example
27132 \begin_layout Standard
27135 italic page number:|textit
27138 \begin_layout Standard
27139 to get the page number in italic.
27140 \begin_inset Index idx
27143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27144 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27149 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27167 \begin_inset space ~
27173 Have a look at section
27174 \begin_inset space ~
27178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27180 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27184 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27187 \begin_layout Standard
27188 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27196 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27200 to generate the index, see sec.
27201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27207 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27216 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27217 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27218 they can be used, see
27219 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27222 key "latexcompanion"
27234 \begin_layout Standard
27235 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27237 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27238 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27239 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27240 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27241 If so, put the following in the preamble
27244 \begin_layout Standard
27256 \begin_layout Standard
27260 \begin_layout Standard
27266 \begin_layout Standard
27267 in the index entry.
27268 \begin_inset Index idx
27271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27272 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27277 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27278 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27279 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27282 \begin_layout Standard
27283 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27289 \begin_inset space \space{}
27292 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27293 for all index entries.
27294 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27306 documentation for details,
27307 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27309 key "makeindex,xindy"
27316 \begin_layout Subsection
27318 \begin_inset Index idx
27321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27330 name "sub:Index-Program"
27337 \begin_layout Standard
27338 If the index entry program
27342 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27346 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27355 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27356 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27357 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27358 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27359 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27369 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27370 dialog, see section
27371 \begin_inset space ~
27375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27377 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27382 The available options are listed and explained in
27383 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27385 key "makeindex,xindy"
27390 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27394 \begin_layout Standard
27395 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27396 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27399 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27400 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27404 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27405 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27408 \begin_layout Subsection
27412 \begin_layout Standard
27413 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27414 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27422 next to the standard index.
27423 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27424 packages that add this feature.
27430 \begin_inset Index idx
27433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27434 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27439 package to generate multiple indexes.
27440 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27441 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27442 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27449 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27450 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27451 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27454 \begin_layout Standard
27455 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27457 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27458 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27465 Use multiple Indexes
27466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27470 Note that the list of
27471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27478 below already contains the standard index.
27479 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27480 also appear as a heading) to the
27481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27488 input field and press the
27489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27497 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27498 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27499 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27503 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27509 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27510 indexes in the LyX work area.
27513 \begin_layout Standard
27514 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27519 \begin_inset space ~
27523 \begin_inset space ~
27532 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27533 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27534 are some additional features:
27537 \begin_layout Itemize
27538 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27539 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27542 \begin_layout Itemize
27543 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27544 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27553 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27558 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27559 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27560 to the non-subindexes.
27563 \begin_layout Section
27564 Nomenclature / Glossary
27565 \begin_inset Index idx
27568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27575 \begin_inset Index idx
27578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27609 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27616 \begin_layout Standard
27617 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27618 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27622 \begin_layout Standard
27623 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27628 \begin_inset Index idx
27631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27632 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27638 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27639 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27645 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27648 \begin_layout Standard
27649 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27650 and then use the menu
27652 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27658 \begin_inset space ~
27663 or the toolbar button
27664 \begin_inset Graphics
27665 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
27671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27682 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27685 \begin_layout Standard
27686 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27687 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27688 The second is the description of the symbol.
27691 \begin_layout Standard
27692 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27700 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27708 \begin_layout Subsection
27709 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27710 \begin_inset Index idx
27713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27714 Nomenclature ! Layout
27722 \begin_layout Standard
27723 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27727 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27733 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27741 \begin_inset Newline newline
27749 \begin_inset Newline newline
27755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27762 character starts/ends the formula.
27763 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27775 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27785 \begin_layout Standard
27786 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27787 \begin_inset space ~
27791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27793 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27800 \begin_layout Standard
27804 \begin_inset space ~
27809 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27810 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27815 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27822 in this document is:
27823 \begin_inset Newline newline
27828 dummy entry for the character
27833 \begin_inset Newline newline
27845 \begin_inset space ~
27855 font use the command
27884 \begin_layout Subsection
27885 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27886 \begin_inset Index idx
27889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27890 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27898 \begin_layout Standard
27899 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27900 the symbol definition.
27901 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27902 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27905 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27906 LatexCommand nomenclature
27908 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27915 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27919 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27920 LatexCommand nomenclature
27923 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27928 They will be sorted by
27929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27955 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27958 will be sorted before the
27962 since the character
27963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27970 is considered in sorting.
27973 \begin_layout Standard
27974 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27977 \begin_inset space ~
27982 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27983 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27985 For the example given, you can insert
27989 in this field for the
27990 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27997 will be located before
27998 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28004 \begin_layout Standard
28005 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28010 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28019 \begin_layout Subsection
28020 Nomenclature Options
28021 \begin_inset Index idx
28024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28025 Nomenclature ! Options
28033 \begin_layout Standard
28038 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28039 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28042 \begin_layout Description
28043 refeq Appends the phrase
28044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28059 to every nomenclature entry, where
28065 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28068 \begin_layout Description
28069 refpage Appends the phrase
28070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28085 to every nomenclature entry, where
28091 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28094 \begin_layout Description
28095 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28098 \begin_layout Standard
28099 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28100 class options list in the
28102 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28106 In this document the options
28113 \begin_layout Standard
28114 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28120 \begin_layout Standard
28121 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28122 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28127 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28130 \begin_layout Description
28140 \begin_layout Description
28143 nomrefpage Like the
28150 \begin_layout Description
28153 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28162 \begin_layout Description
28166 \begin_inset space ~
28172 \begin_inset space ~
28177 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28180 \begin_layout Standard
28182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28189 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28190 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28193 \begin_layout Standard
28201 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28204 \begin_inset Newline newline
28211 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28216 \begin_inset Newline newline
28220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28235 by their translation.
28238 \begin_layout Subsection
28239 Printing the Nomenclature
28240 \begin_inset Index idx
28243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28244 Nomenclature ! Printing
28252 \begin_layout Standard
28253 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28257 \begin_inset space ~
28261 \begin_inset space ~
28264 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28280 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28283 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28284 You can choose between these settings:
28287 \begin_layout Description
28290 Default a space of 1
28291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28297 \begin_layout Description
28301 \begin_inset space ~
28305 \begin_inset space ~
28308 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28311 \begin_layout Description
28314 Custom custom space
28317 \begin_layout Standard
28318 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28327 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28335 For example, in order to change the name to
28339 , add the following line to the preamble:
28342 \begin_layout Standard
28350 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28353 \begin_layout Subsection
28354 Nomenclature Program
28355 \begin_inset Index idx
28358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28359 Nomenclature ! Program
28365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28367 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28374 \begin_layout Standard
28375 LyX uses the program
28379 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28380 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28385 by adding options, see section
28386 \begin_inset space ~
28390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28392 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28397 The available options are listed and explained in
28398 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28400 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28407 \begin_layout Section
28409 \begin_inset Index idx
28412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28419 \begin_inset Index idx
28422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28423 Document ! Branches
28429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28431 name "sec:Branches"
28438 \begin_layout Standard
28439 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28440 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28441 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28442 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28445 \begin_layout Standard
28446 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28447 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28448 To create a branch, either select the menu
28450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28451 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28454 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28456 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28463 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28464 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28465 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28466 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28467 (see below for an example).
28468 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28469 to the name of the other) and to add
28470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28482 \begin_inset space ~
28485 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28486 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28489 \begin_layout Standard
28490 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28491 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28493 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28496 where you can choose a branch.
28497 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28501 \begin_layout Standard
28502 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28503 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28506 \begin_layout Standard
28507 \begin_inset Branch Question
28510 \begin_layout Standard
28511 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28519 \begin_layout Standard
28520 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28523 \begin_layout Standard
28524 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28532 \begin_layout Standard
28539 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28540 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28543 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28544 Consider for example a file
28545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28552 which has the above branches.
28554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28561 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28585 branch were inactive,
28586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28601 branch was active, likewise
28602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28617 branch was active, and
28618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28621 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28625 if both branches were active.
28626 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28630 \begin_layout Standard
28631 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28637 \begin_layout Standard
28638 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28639 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28641 For example you can define for the question branch
28645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28646 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28647 \begin_inset space ~
28651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28653 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28665 \begin_layout Standard
28675 \begin_layout Standard
28685 \begin_layout Standard
28686 and for the answer branch
28689 \begin_layout Standard
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28709 \begin_layout Standard
28710 \begin_inset Branch Question
28713 \begin_layout Standard
28717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28745 \begin_layout Standard
28746 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28749 \begin_layout Standard
28753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28781 \begin_layout Standard
28782 Now it is possible to use the commands
28786 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28793 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28796 to obtain conditional output.
28797 Here is an example formula where only the
28804 \begin_inset Formula
28806 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28814 \begin_layout Standard
28815 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28823 \begin_layout Section
28825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28827 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28832 \begin_inset Index idx
28835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28844 \begin_layout Standard
28849 dialog allows you in the
28853 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28854 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28859 \begin_inset Index idx
28862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28863 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28871 \begin_layout Standard
28876 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28877 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28878 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28880 You can specify in the dialog tab
28884 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28886 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28887 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28891 \begin_layout Standard
28896 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28897 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28898 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28900 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28901 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28903 \begin_inset space ~
28906 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28907 \begin_inset space ~
28910 1 will only display the sections.
28913 \begin_layout Standard
28914 The header information in the dialog tab
28918 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28919 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28920 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28924 \begin_inset space \space{}
28927 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28928 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28931 Automatic fill header
28933 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28934 title and author settings.
28937 \begin_layout Standard
28940 Load in fullscreen mode
28942 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28945 \begin_layout Standard
28946 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28947 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28953 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28954 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28963 \begin_layout Section
28964 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28967 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28974 \begin_layout Subsection
28976 \begin_inset Index idx
28979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28988 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28995 \begin_layout Standard
28996 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28997 constructs, but not all.
28998 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28999 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29000 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29001 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29002 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29006 \begin_layout Standard
29007 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29009 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29013 \begin_inset space ~
29018 or by the toolbar button
29019 \begin_inset Graphics
29020 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
29025 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29029 \begin_layout Standard
29030 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29031 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29032 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29033 using the LaTeX-command
29039 , you can write the command part
29045 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29049 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29050 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29051 the following example:
29054 \begin_layout Standard
29055 \begin_inset Graphics
29056 filename ../clipart/ERT.png
29064 \begin_layout Standard
29068 \begin_layout Standard
29069 This is a line with a
29073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29096 \begin_layout Standard
29097 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29105 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29106 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29114 \begin_layout Subsection
29115 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29116 \begin_inset Argument 1
29119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29126 \begin_inset Index idx
29129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29138 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29145 \begin_layout Standard
29146 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29147 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29148 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29157 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29158 any time if you know the right commands.
29160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29164 \begin_inset space \space{}
29167 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29169 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29170 all caption labels bold.
29171 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29173 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29177 \begin_layout Standard
29178 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29179 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29180 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29182 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29191 \begin_layout Standard
29192 As result you know that the package
29197 \begin_inset Index idx
29200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29201 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29207 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29209 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29215 \begin_layout Standard
29220 usepackage[options]{package name}
29223 \begin_layout Standard
29224 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29225 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29226 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29229 \begin_layout Standard
29230 In your case the package name is
29235 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29240 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29241 So you add the command
29244 \begin_layout Standard
29249 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29252 \begin_layout Standard
29253 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29258 For more commands provided by the
29262 package, have a look at its documentation,
29263 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29277 \begin_layout Standard
29278 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29280 For example if you use a
29284 class, you don't need the package
29288 , you can instead write
29291 \begin_layout Standard
29296 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29301 \begin_layout Standard
29302 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29303 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29304 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29311 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29314 \begin_layout Standard
29315 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29316 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29318 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29319 the previous section.
29322 \begin_layout Standard
29323 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29325 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29327 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29334 \begin_layout Standard
29335 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29341 \begin_layout Standard
29345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29355 \begin_inset Note Note
29358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29359 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29367 \begin_layout Left Header
29368 \begin_inset Argument 1
29371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29391 \begin_inset Note Note
29394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29395 defines the header line as described below
29403 \begin_layout Center Header
29404 \begin_inset Argument 1
29407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29416 \begin_layout Right Header
29417 \begin_inset Argument 1
29420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29441 \begin_layout Left Footer
29442 \begin_inset Argument 1
29445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29466 \begin_layout Center Footer
29467 \begin_inset Argument 1
29470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29481 \begin_inset Newline newline
29485 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29491 \begin_layout Right Footer
29492 \begin_inset Argument 1
29495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29517 \begin_layout Section
29518 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29521 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29526 \begin_inset Index idx
29529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29532 Document ! Header/Footer line
29538 \begin_inset Index idx
29541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29552 \begin_layout Standard
29553 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29554 to set the headings style to
29560 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29566 \begin_inset space ~
29572 As second step add in the menu
29574 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29575 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29582 Custom Header/Footerlines
29583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29587 This module offers the 6
29588 \begin_inset space ~
29594 \begin_layout Description
29596 \begin_inset space ~
29600 \begin_inset space ~
29604 \begin_inset space ~
29608 \begin_inset space ~
29612 \begin_inset space ~
29618 \begin_layout Description
29620 \begin_inset space ~
29624 \begin_inset space ~
29628 \begin_inset space ~
29632 \begin_inset space ~
29636 \begin_inset space ~
29642 \begin_layout Standard
29643 for the different positions in the header/footer.
29646 \begin_layout Standard
29647 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
29648 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
29650 \begin_inset space ~
29654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29656 reference "fig:Page-layout"
29660 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
29663 \begin_layout Standard
29664 \begin_inset Float figure
29670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29673 \begin_inset Tabular
29674 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
29675 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
29676 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29677 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29678 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29680 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
29692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29698 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29709 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29727 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29738 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
29741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29742 The normal text on the page goes here.
29743 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
29745 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
29746 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
29751 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29760 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29771 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29789 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29800 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
29812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29818 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29836 \begin_inset Caption Standard
29838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29841 name "fig:Page-layout"
29845 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
29858 \begin_layout Subsection
29862 \begin_layout Standard
29863 To define your header line, add all 3
29864 \begin_inset space ~
29868 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
29869 the optional arguments on even pages.
29870 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
29872 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
29873 Defining the footer line works similar.
29876 \begin_layout Standard
29877 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
29880 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29893 \begin_inset space ~
29901 \begin_layout Description
29904 thepage prints the current page number
29907 \begin_layout Description
29910 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
29913 \begin_layout Description
29916 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
29919 \begin_layout Description
29922 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
29923 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
29926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29930 \begin_inset Quotes prd
29933 because it usually goes in a left header.
29936 \begin_layout Description
29939 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
29940 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
29942 It is normally used in the right header.
29945 \begin_layout Subsection
29946 Default header/footer
29949 \begin_layout Standard
29950 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
29951 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
29952 footer has the page number.
29953 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
29954 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
29955 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
29958 \begin_inset space ~
29966 \begin_layout Subsection
29970 \begin_layout Standard
29971 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
29972 Some pages are different.
29973 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
29974 a new part or chapter in your book.
29975 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
29976 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
29977 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
29980 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29981 Header and footer decoration line
29984 \begin_layout Standard
29985 By default, you get a 0.4
29986 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29989 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
29990 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30002 in the following scheme:
30005 \begin_layout Standard
30012 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30015 \begin_layout Standard
30016 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30025 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30026 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30032 \begin_layout Standard
30033 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30034 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30035 \begin_inset space ~
30039 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30048 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30049 Several header/footer lines
30052 \begin_layout Standard
30053 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30054 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30055 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30057 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30069 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30072 \begin_layout Standard
30079 headheight}{height}
30082 \begin_layout Standard
30083 Where height is a size in standard units.
30084 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30085 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30086 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30088 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30102 and look via the button
30105 \begin_inset space ~
30110 if you find a warning of the package
30115 \begin_inset Index idx
30118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30121 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30127 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30128 for your header/footer.
30131 \begin_layout Subsection
30135 \begin_layout Standard
30136 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30137 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
30138 This example consists of the following definition:
30141 \begin_layout Description
30143 \begin_inset space ~
30152 , empty optional argument
30155 \begin_layout Description
30157 \begin_inset space ~
30160 Header empty, empty optional argument
30163 \begin_layout Description
30165 \begin_inset space ~
30174 in the optional argument
30177 \begin_layout Description
30179 \begin_inset space ~
30188 in the optional argument
30191 \begin_layout Description
30193 \begin_inset space ~
30205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30209 \begin_inset Newline newline
30213 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30220 in the optional argument
30223 \begin_layout Description
30225 \begin_inset space ~
30234 , empty optional argument
30237 \begin_layout Description
30240 headrulewidth set to 2
30241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30247 \begin_layout Standard
30248 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30250 For more special things like e.
30251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30255 \begin_inset space ~
30258 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30263 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30272 \begin_layout Standard
30273 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30279 \begin_layout Standard
30283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30287 pagestyle{headings}
30293 \begin_inset Note Note
30296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30299 switches back to page style with the default headings
30307 \begin_layout Section
30308 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30311 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30316 \begin_inset Index idx
30319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30326 \begin_inset Index idx
30329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30338 \begin_layout Standard
30339 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30340 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
30341 to break your train of thought with
30343 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30349 \begin_layout Standard
30350 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30351 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30356 \begin_inset Index idx
30359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30360 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30365 as explained below, and turn on
30368 \begin_inset space ~
30375 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30379 \begin_inset space ~
30383 \begin_inset space ~
30386 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30391 \begin_inset space ~
30396 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30399 \begin_layout Standard
30400 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30402 Previews of an already loaded document are
30406 generated just by selecting the
30409 \begin_inset space ~
30414 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30417 \begin_layout Standard
30418 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30419 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30422 \begin_inset space ~
30427 check box in the insert dialog.
30428 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30432 \begin_layout Standard
30433 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30437 (on some systems named simply
30442 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30444 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30450 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30451 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30459 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30463 \begin_layout Standard
30464 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30470 \begin_layout Standard
30471 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30475 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30477 \begin_inset space ~
30482 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30483 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30485 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30486 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30487 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30488 the source view window.
30491 \begin_layout Section
30492 Advanced Find and Replace
30493 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30495 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30500 \begin_inset Index idx
30503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30510 \begin_inset Index idx
30513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30522 \begin_layout Subsection
30526 \begin_layout Standard
30527 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30528 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30529 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30530 The key-features are:
30533 \begin_layout Itemize
30534 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30535 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30536 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30540 \begin_layout Itemize
30541 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30542 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30543 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30544 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30547 \begin_layout Itemize
30548 Search may be widened to a specific
30553 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30557 \begin_inset space ~
30560 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30561 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30568 \begin_layout Itemize
30569 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30570 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30575 \begin_inset space ~
30578 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30581 \begin_layout Subsection
30585 \begin_layout Standard
30586 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30589 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30602 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30605 ) or the toolbar button
30608 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30614 Advanced Find and Replace
30619 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30623 \begin_layout Standard
30628 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30633 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30638 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30639 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30640 Pressing repeatedly
30644 keeps searching forward.
30645 Similarly, pressing
30649 searches for the entered text backwards.
30652 \begin_layout Standard
30653 While searching, the
30657 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
30667 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
30670 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30671 Searching for mathematics
30674 \begin_layout Standard
30675 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
30679 editor a mathematical formula, such as
30680 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
30683 or also something more complex like
30684 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
30688 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
30689 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
30690 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
30691 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
30697 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30701 \begin_layout Standard
30702 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
30703 This is done by switching to the
30707 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
30712 This way, entering in the
30719 \begin_layout Itemize
30720 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
30721 in emphasized or boldface.
30724 \begin_layout Itemize
30725 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
30726 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
30727 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
30728 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
30731 \begin_layout Itemize
30732 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
30733 of if only within section headings.
30734 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
30735 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
30739 \begin_layout Itemize
30740 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
30741 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
30744 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30748 \begin_layout Standard
30749 The text segments matching the text entered in the
30753 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
30761 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
30765 button or alternatively
30787 \begin_layout Standard
30788 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
30789 text segments in your document.
30790 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
30794 \begin_layout Itemize
30795 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
30796 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
30797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30804 with its typewriter version
30807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30817 \begin_layout Itemize
30818 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
30820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30824 \begin_inset Formula $R$
30828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30836 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
30840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30843 (you may want to enable the
30851 options and disable the
30859 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
30860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30867 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
30868 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
30872 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
30875 , or occurrences of
30876 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
30880 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
30886 \begin_layout Subsection
30890 \begin_layout Standard
30891 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
30895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30896 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
30898 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30900 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
30909 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
30915 This is done via the menu
30917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30918 Insert Regular Expression
30920 while the cursor is in the
30925 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
30926 expression matching rules
30930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30931 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
30933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30937 \begin_inset space ~
30940 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
30941 to match expressions.
30946 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
30947 same text in the document.
30948 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
30949 Examples of using such a feature may be:
30952 \begin_layout Enumerate
30953 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
30958 editor the fraction
30959 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
30963 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30966 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
30967 fractions with the given denominator.
30970 \begin_layout Enumerate
30971 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
30983 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30988 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
30989 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
30991 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30994 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
30995 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
30998 \begin_layout Standard
30999 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31000 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31001 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31004 , and referring back to them through
31005 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31009 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31013 For example, try searching for the regexp
31014 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31017 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31020 \begin_layout Standard
31021 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31022 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31023 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31024 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31028 \begin_inset space ~
31032 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31035 always refers to the first occurrence of
31036 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31039 in all entered regexps.
31042 \begin_layout Standard
31043 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31047 \begin_layout Section
31049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31051 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31056 \begin_inset Index idx
31059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31068 \begin_layout Standard
31069 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31072 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31079 or the toolbar button
31082 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31085 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31086 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31087 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31088 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31089 scrolled so that it is visible.
31090 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31091 n, if any could be found.
31092 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31096 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31097 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31100 \begin_layout Standard
31101 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31104 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31108 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31109 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31110 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31111 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31112 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31113 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31116 \begin_layout Subsection
31120 \begin_layout Standard
31121 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31124 \begin_inset space ~
31127 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31130 you can set the following things:
31133 \begin_layout Description
31135 \begin_inset space ~
31138 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31139 Depending on your platform,
31153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31154 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31155 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31170 \begin_layout Description
31172 \begin_inset space ~
31175 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31176 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31179 \begin_layout Description
31181 \begin_inset space ~
31184 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31190 \begin_inset space \space{}
31194 This should normally not be needed.
31197 \begin_layout Description
31199 \begin_inset space ~
31203 \begin_inset space ~
31206 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31218 \begin_layout Description
31220 \begin_inset space ~
31223 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31224 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31225 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31226 in the context menu.
31227 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31231 \begin_layout Description
31233 \begin_inset space ~
31237 \begin_inset space ~
31241 \begin_inset space ~
31244 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31248 \begin_layout Section
31250 \begin_inset Index idx
31253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31262 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31269 \begin_layout Standard
31270 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31271 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31281 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31283 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31292 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31293 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31294 are available for many languages.
31297 \begin_layout Standard
31298 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31302 \begin_layout Subsection
31303 Setting up the thesaurus
31306 \begin_layout Standard
31314 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31319 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31324 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31330 en_EN for English).
31331 For instance, the English files are named:
31334 \begin_layout Itemize
31338 \begin_layout Itemize
31342 \begin_layout Standard
31343 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31344 already on your system.
31345 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
31346 \begin_inset Flex URL
31349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31351 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31357 \begin_inset Flex URL
31360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31362 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
31371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31372 Note that, as of OpenOffice
31373 \begin_inset space ~
31377 \begin_inset Flex URL
31380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31382 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31387 are usually packed in extension archives (
31391 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31393 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31394 unpack a zip archive.
31407 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31408 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31410 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31411 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31415 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31418 \begin_layout Subsection
31419 Using the thesaurus
31422 \begin_layout Standard
31423 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31425 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31428 or the toolbar button
31429 \begin_inset Graphics
31430 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
31431 rotateOrigin center
31435 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31437 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31439 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31440 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31441 and hyponyms (such as
31449 ), compounds (such as
31453 ) and antonyms (such as
31461 ), which are marked as such.
31464 \begin_layout Standard
31465 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31466 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31470 \begin_layout Standard
31471 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31472 the dictionary, such as the above
31476 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31481 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31482 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31483 For example looking up the word forms
31491 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31496 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31509 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31510 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31511 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31514 \begin_layout Subsection
31515 License of the Thesaurus library
31518 \begin_layout Standard
31523 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
31528 as a standalone program.
31529 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
31530 The library was released under the
31532 Berkeley Database License
31534 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
31535 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
31536 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
31538 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
31541 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
31545 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
31548 \begin_layout Section
31550 \begin_inset Index idx
31553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31560 \begin_inset Index idx
31563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31564 Document ! Change Tracking
31570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31572 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31579 \begin_layout Standard
31580 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31581 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31582 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31583 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31585 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31587 \begin_inset space ~
31590 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31592 \begin_inset space ~
31600 \begin_layout Standard
31601 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31615 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31616 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31619 \begin_inset space ~
31623 \begin_inset space ~
31633 \begin_inset Index idx
31636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31637 Color ! Change tracking
31642 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31643 the cursor is in changed text.
31644 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31645 \begin_inset Graphics
31646 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
31647 rotateOrigin center
31654 \begin_layout Standard
31655 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31656 \begin_inset Index idx
31659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31668 \begin_layout Standard
31669 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31675 \begin_layout Standard
31676 \begin_inset Graphics
31677 filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31684 \begin_layout Standard
31685 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31691 \begin_layout Standard
31692 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31696 \begin_layout Standard
31697 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31703 \begin_layout Standard
31704 \begin_inset Tabular
31705 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31706 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31707 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
31708 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
31709 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31714 \begin_inset Graphics
31715 filename ../../images/changes-track.png
31716 rotateOrigin center
31725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31731 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31733 \begin_inset space ~
31736 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31738 \begin_inset space ~
31747 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31752 \begin_inset Graphics
31753 filename ../../images/changes-output.png
31754 rotateOrigin center
31763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31769 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31771 \begin_inset space ~
31774 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31776 \begin_inset space ~
31780 \begin_inset space ~
31784 \begin_inset space ~
31793 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31798 \begin_inset Graphics
31799 filename ../../images/change-next.png
31800 rotateOrigin center
31809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31813 Jumps to the next change
31819 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31824 \begin_inset Graphics
31825 filename ../../images/change-accept.png
31826 rotateOrigin center
31835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31841 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31843 \begin_inset space ~
31846 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31848 \begin_inset space ~
31857 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31862 \begin_inset Graphics
31863 filename ../../images/change-reject.png
31864 rotateOrigin center
31873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31879 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31881 \begin_inset space ~
31884 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31886 \begin_inset space ~
31895 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31900 \begin_inset Graphics
31901 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
31902 rotateOrigin center
31911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31919 \begin_inset space ~
31922 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31924 \begin_inset space ~
31933 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31938 \begin_inset Graphics
31939 filename ../../images/all-changes-accept.png
31940 rotateOrigin center
31949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31955 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31957 \begin_inset space ~
31960 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31962 \begin_inset space ~
31966 \begin_inset space ~
31975 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31980 \begin_inset Graphics
31981 filename ../../images/all-changes-reject.png
31982 rotateOrigin center
31991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31997 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31999 \begin_inset space ~
32002 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32004 \begin_inset space ~
32008 \begin_inset space ~
32017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32022 \begin_inset Graphics
32023 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
32024 rotateOrigin center
32033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32039 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32040 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32042 \begin_inset space ~
32051 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32056 \begin_inset Graphics
32057 filename ../../images/note-next.png
32058 rotateOrigin center
32067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32073 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32075 \begin_inset space ~
32091 \begin_layout Standard
32092 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32098 \begin_layout Standard
32099 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32100 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32101 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32102 the next change after the current cursor position.
32103 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32104 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32105 step to the next change.
32106 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32109 \begin_layout Standard
32110 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32111 to describe a change.
32114 \begin_layout Standard
32115 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32120 \begin_inset Index idx
32123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32124 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32130 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32131 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32137 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32140 \begin_layout Section
32141 Comparison of Documents
32142 \begin_inset Index idx
32145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32148 Comparison of documents
32156 \begin_layout Standard
32157 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32159 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32163 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32165 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32168 \begin_inset space ~
32172 \begin_inset space ~
32176 \begin_inset space ~
32181 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the resulting
32186 \begin_inset space ~
32190 \begin_inset space ~
32194 \begin_inset space ~
32198 \begin_inset space ~
32202 \begin_inset space ~
32206 \begin_inset space ~
32211 enables the change tracking option
32214 \begin_inset space ~
32218 \begin_inset space ~
32222 \begin_inset space ~
32227 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32230 \begin_layout Section
32231 International Support
32232 \begin_inset Index idx
32235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32236 International support
32244 \begin_layout Standard
32245 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32246 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32247 how to set up LyX to use them:
32248 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32250 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32257 \begin_layout Standard
32258 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32259 \begin_inset space ~
32263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32265 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32272 \begin_layout Subsection
32274 \begin_inset Index idx
32277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32284 \begin_inset Index idx
32287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32288 Document ! Settings
32294 \begin_inset Index idx
32297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32298 Document ! Language
32306 \begin_layout Standard
32309 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32312 dialog lets you set
32314 the language and character encoding for your language.
32318 \begin_layout Standard
32319 Choose your language in the
32323 section of this dialog.
32331 \begin_layout Standard
32336 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32341 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32342 For details about the different encoding options see section
32343 \begin_inset space ~
32347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32349 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
32356 \begin_layout Subsection
32357 Keyboard mapping configuration
32358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32360 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32367 \begin_layout Standard
32368 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
32369 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
32370 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
32371 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
32372 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32374 \begin_inset space ~
32378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32380 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32385 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32386 which one you want to use.
32389 \begin_layout Standard
32390 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32391 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32392 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32393 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32394 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32395 one to support the characters you want.
32396 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32403 \begin_layout Subsection
32407 \begin_layout Standard
32409 \begin_inset space ~
32413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32415 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32424 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32428 \begin_layout Standard
32429 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32430 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32438 \begin_layout Itemize
32439 Even if you have selected
32445 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32448 dialog, users who have only the
32452 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32456 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32457 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32458 french quotes won't show up.
32461 \begin_layout Standard
32462 \begin_inset Float table
32467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32468 \begin_inset Caption Standard
32470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32471 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32473 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32491 \begin_inset Tabular
32492 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32493 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
32494 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32495 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32496 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32497 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32498 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32499 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32500 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32501 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32502 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32503 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32505 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32506 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32507 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32508 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32510 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36923 \begin_layout Standard
36924 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
36926 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
36927 also the characters from
36939 \begin_layout Itemize
36948 \begin_layout Standard
36949 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
36950 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36956 \begin_layout Standard
36957 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
36958 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36964 \begin_layout Standard
36965 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
36966 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36972 \begin_layout Standard
36973 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
36974 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36980 \begin_layout Standard
36982 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36988 \begin_layout Standard
36990 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36996 \begin_layout Standard
36998 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37005 \begin_layout Itemize
37018 \begin_layout Standard
37020 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37026 \begin_layout Standard
37028 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37034 \begin_layout Standard
37036 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37042 \begin_layout Standard
37044 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37050 \begin_layout Standard
37052 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37058 \begin_layout Standard
37060 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37067 \begin_layout Standard
37068 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37069 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37070 Also make sure you're using the
37077 \begin_layout Chapter
37080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37082 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37089 \begin_layout Standard
37090 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37091 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37092 topic inside the user's guide.
37095 \begin_layout Section
37097 \begin_inset Index idx
37100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37109 \begin_layout Standard
37114 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37117 \begin_layout Subsection
37121 \begin_layout Standard
37122 Creates a new document.
37125 \begin_layout Subsection
37129 \begin_layout Standard
37130 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37131 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37132 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37135 \begin_layout Subsection
37139 \begin_layout Standard
37143 \begin_layout Subsection
37147 \begin_layout Standard
37148 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37149 Click there on a file to open it.
37152 \begin_layout Subsection
37156 \begin_layout Standard
37157 Closes the current document.
37160 \begin_layout Subsection
37164 \begin_layout Standard
37165 Closes all opened documents.
37168 \begin_layout Subsection
37172 \begin_layout Standard
37173 Saves the actual document.
37176 \begin_layout Subsection
37180 \begin_layout Standard
37181 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37184 \begin_layout Subsection
37188 \begin_layout Standard
37189 Saves all opened documents.
37192 \begin_layout Subsection
37196 \begin_layout Standard
37197 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37200 \begin_layout Subsection
37204 \begin_layout Standard
37205 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37206 It is described in the section
37208 Version Control in LyX
37212 Additional Features
37217 \begin_layout Subsection
37221 \begin_layout Standard
37222 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37223 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37224 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37225 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37228 \begin_layout Standard
37229 When using the menu entry
37232 \begin_inset space ~
37237 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37241 \begin_inset space ~
37245 \begin_inset space ~
37250 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37251 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37254 \begin_layout Subsection
37256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37265 \begin_layout Standard
37266 You can export your document to various file formats.
37267 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37268 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37269 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37272 \begin_layout Standard
37273 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37275 \begin_inset space ~
37279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37281 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37288 \begin_layout Description
37290 \begin_inset space ~
37297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37304 yX format of the special LyX
37305 \begin_inset space ~
37308 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
37309 \begin_inset Newline newline
37312 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37315 \begin_layout Description
37316 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
37322 \begin_layout Description
37324 \begin_inset space ~
37327 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
37333 \begin_layout Description
37334 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
37335 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
37336 files paths or file names in your document.
37337 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
37344 \begin_layout Description
37345 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
37346 paths or file names
37349 \begin_layout Description
37351 \begin_inset space ~
37358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37365 eX) DVI-format using the program
37369 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
37372 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37380 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
37388 \begin_layout Description
37390 \begin_inset space ~
37393 Dot text file with code in the programming language
37397 that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
37402 \begin_layout Description
37403 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37407 \begin_layout Description
37409 \begin_inset space ~
37413 \begin_inset space ~
37416 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37420 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37428 \begin_layout Description
37433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37441 \begin_inset space ~
37448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37455 eX) text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37461 \begin_layout Description
37466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37474 \begin_inset space ~
37477 (pdflatex) text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used
37478 in the document will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37482 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37485 \begin_layout Description
37490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37498 \begin_inset space ~
37501 (plain) text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used
37502 in the document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is
37510 \begin_layout Description
37515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37523 \begin_inset space ~
37530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37537 eX) text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37543 \begin_layout Description
37545 \begin_inset space ~
37549 \begin_inset space ~
37556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37563 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
37564 music notation software
37569 \begin_layout Description
37574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37582 \begin_inset space ~
37586 \begin_inset space ~
37589 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
37590 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
37594 \begin_layout Description
37599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37607 \begin_inset space ~
37610 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
37611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37626 represent the version number)
37629 \begin_layout Description
37634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37641 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37644 \begin_layout Description
37645 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
37650 \begin_layout Description
37651 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
37664 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
37668 \begin_layout Description
37670 \begin_inset space ~
37673 (dvipdfm) PDF-format using the program
37677 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
37680 \begin_layout Description
37682 \begin_inset space ~
37689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37696 eX) PDF-format using the program
37700 , produces PDF-files directly
37703 \begin_layout Description
37705 \begin_inset space ~
37708 (pdflatex) PDF-format using the program
37712 , produces PDF-files directly
37715 \begin_layout Description
37717 \begin_inset space ~
37720 (ps2pdf) PDF-format using the program
37724 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
37727 \begin_layout Description
37729 \begin_inset space ~
37736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37743 eX) PDF-format using the program
37747 , produces PDF-files directly
37750 \begin_layout Description
37752 \begin_inset space ~
37758 \begin_layout Description
37760 \begin_inset space ~
37764 \begin_inset space ~
37767 (ps2ascii) text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript
37768 format and then exported as text using the program
37773 \begin_layout Description
37774 Postscript PostScript format using the program
37779 \begin_layout Description
37780 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
37781 programming language
37794 it is possible to use
37801 \begin_layout Standard
37802 If one of the menu entries
37809 \begin_inset space ~
37818 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37819 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37820 \begin_inset space ~
37824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37826 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37831 \begin_inset Index idx
37834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37835 Reconfiguration of LyX
37843 \begin_layout Subsection
37847 \begin_layout Standard
37848 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
37849 format or send it to a printer.
37850 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
37851 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
37857 For more information have a look at section
37858 \begin_inset space ~
37862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37864 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
37871 \begin_layout Subsection
37875 \begin_layout Standard
37876 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
37877 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
37878 prefix, see section
37879 \begin_inset space ~
37883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37885 reference "sec:Paths"
37890 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
37899 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
37900 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
37901 \begin_inset space ~
37905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37907 reference "sub:Converters"
37914 \begin_layout Subsection
37915 New and Close Window
37918 \begin_layout Standard
37919 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
37922 \begin_layout Subsection
37926 \begin_layout Standard
37927 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
37930 \begin_layout Section
37932 \begin_inset Index idx
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37944 \begin_layout Subsection
37948 \begin_layout Standard
37949 Described in section
37950 \begin_inset space ~
37954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37956 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
37963 \begin_layout Subsection
37964 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
37967 \begin_layout Standard
37968 Described in section
37969 \begin_inset space ~
37973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37975 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37982 \begin_layout Subsection
37986 \begin_layout Standard
37987 Selects the whole document.
37990 \begin_layout Subsection
37991 Find & Replace (Quick)
37994 \begin_layout Standard
37995 Described in section
37996 \begin_inset space ~
38000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38002 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38009 \begin_layout Subsection
38010 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38013 \begin_layout Standard
38014 Described in section
38015 \begin_inset space ~
38019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38021 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38028 \begin_layout Subsection
38029 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38032 \begin_layout Standard
38033 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38037 \begin_layout Subsection
38041 \begin_layout Standard
38042 Described in section
38043 \begin_inset space ~
38047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38049 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38056 \begin_layout Subsection
38058 \begin_inset Index idx
38061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38062 Paragraph ! Settings
38070 \begin_layout Standard
38071 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38072 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38075 \begin_layout Standard
38076 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38077 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38079 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38085 \begin_inset space ~
38093 \begin_layout Subsection
38094 Table Settings and Math
38097 \begin_layout Standard
38098 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38100 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38101 The properties of tables are described in section
38102 \begin_inset space ~
38106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38108 reference "sec:Tables"
38112 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38113 \begin_inset space ~
38117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38119 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38126 \begin_layout Subsection
38127 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38130 \begin_layout Standard
38131 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38132 that can be nested.
38133 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38134 \begin_inset space ~
38138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38140 reference "sec:Nesting"
38145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38147 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38154 \begin_layout Section
38156 \begin_inset Index idx
38159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38168 \begin_layout Standard
38173 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38174 document with an external program.
38175 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38176 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38177 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38178 \begin_inset space ~
38182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38184 reference "sub:Export"
38189 You should at least see the menu entries
38196 \begin_inset space ~
38202 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38203 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38204 \begin_inset space ~
38208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38210 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38215 \begin_inset Index idx
38218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38219 Reconfiguration of LyX
38227 \begin_layout Standard
38228 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38229 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38230 \begin_inset space ~
38234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38236 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38241 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38244 \begin_layout Standard
38245 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38248 At the bottom of the
38252 menu the opened documents are listed.
38255 \begin_layout Subsection
38256 Open/Close all Insets
38259 \begin_layout Standard
38260 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38263 \begin_layout Subsection
38264 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38267 \begin_layout Standard
38268 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38271 \begin_layout Standard
38272 Math macros are described in the
38279 \begin_layout Subsection
38283 \begin_layout Standard
38284 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38286 \begin_inset space ~
38290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38292 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38299 \begin_layout Subsection
38303 \begin_layout Standard
38304 Opens a window showing console messages.
38305 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38306 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38309 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38310 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38313 \begin_layout Subsection
38317 \begin_layout Standard
38318 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38319 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38326 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38330 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38337 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38341 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38342 The default output format is
38345 \begin_inset space ~
38353 \begin_layout Subsection
38354 View (Other Formats)
38357 \begin_layout Standard
38358 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38361 \begin_layout Subsection
38365 \begin_layout Standard
38366 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38367 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38368 opening a new viewer window.
38371 \begin_layout Subsection
38372 Update (Other Formats)
38375 \begin_layout Standard
38376 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
38377 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38380 \begin_layout Subsection
38381 View Master Document
38384 \begin_layout Standard
38385 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38401 \begin_inset space ~
38406 manual for more information on this topic).
38407 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38408 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38413 generates the output of the whole book, while
38417 will just output the chapter alone.
38420 \begin_layout Standard
38421 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38422 in the preferences (see sec.
38423 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38429 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38433 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38440 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38447 \begin_layout Subsection
38448 Update Master Document
38451 \begin_layout Standard
38452 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38468 \begin_inset space ~
38473 manual for more information on this topic).
38474 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38475 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38478 \begin_layout Standard
38479 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38480 in the preferences (see sec.
38481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38487 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38491 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38498 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38505 \begin_layout Subsection
38509 \begin_layout Standard
38510 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38511 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38512 view the same document, but at different positions.
38513 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38514 or more documents at the same time.
38515 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38522 \begin_layout Subsection
38526 \begin_layout Standard
38527 Closes a split view.
38530 \begin_layout Subsection
38534 \begin_layout Standard
38535 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38536 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38537 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38538 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38539 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38542 \begin_layout Subsection
38544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38546 name "sub:Toolbars"
38551 \begin_inset Index idx
38554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38563 \begin_layout Standard
38564 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
38565 All toolbars and the
38568 \begin_inset space ~
38573 can be turned on and off.
38578 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
38590 \begin_inset space ~
38599 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
38603 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
38610 \begin_layout Standard
38615 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
38619 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
38620 or when a certain feature is enabled.
38621 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
38622 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
38623 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
38626 \begin_layout Standard
38627 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
38628 \begin_inset space ~
38632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38634 reference "sec:Toolbars"
38641 \begin_layout Section
38643 \begin_inset Index idx
38646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38655 \begin_layout Subsection
38659 \begin_layout Standard
38660 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
38661 \begin_inset space ~
38665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38667 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38678 \begin_layout Subsection
38680 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38682 name "sub:Special-Character"
38689 \begin_layout Standard
38690 Here you can insert the following characters:
38693 \begin_layout Description
38694 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
38695 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
38696 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
38697 \begin_inset Newline newline
38701 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38709 Not all characters will be visible in the
38713 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
38715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38721 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38725 ) can display every character.
38733 \begin_layout Description
38734 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
38738 \begin_layout Description
38740 \begin_inset space ~
38744 \begin_inset space ~
38747 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
38748 \begin_inset space ~
38752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38754 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
38761 \begin_layout Description
38763 \begin_inset space ~
38766 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
38769 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38779 \begin_layout Description
38781 \begin_inset space ~
38784 Quote Inserts this quote:
38785 \begin_inset Quotes ers
38791 \begin_layout Description
38793 \begin_inset space ~
38796 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
38800 \begin_layout Description
38802 \begin_inset space ~
38805 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
38809 \begin_layout Description
38811 \begin_inset space ~
38814 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38818 \begin_layout Description
38820 \begin_inset space ~
38824 \begin_inset Index idx
38827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38834 \begin_inset Index idx
38837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38838 Language ! Phonetic symbols
38843 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
38844 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
38845 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
38850 \begin_inset Index idx
38853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38854 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
38860 \begin_inset Newline newline
38863 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
38867 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38875 and this Wiki-page:
38876 \begin_inset Newline newline
38880 \begin_inset Flex URL
38883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38885 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
38893 \begin_layout Subsection
38897 \begin_layout Standard
38898 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
38901 \begin_layout Description
38902 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
38903 \begin_inset script superscript
38905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38914 \begin_layout Description
38915 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
38916 \begin_inset script subscript
38918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38927 \begin_layout Description
38929 \begin_inset space ~
38932 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
38933 \begin_inset space ~
38937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38939 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
38946 \begin_layout Description
38948 \begin_inset space ~
38951 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
38952 \begin_inset space ~
38956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38958 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
38965 \begin_layout Description
38967 \begin_inset space ~
38970 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
38971 \begin_inset space ~
38975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38977 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
38984 \begin_layout Description
38986 \begin_inset space ~
38989 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
38990 \begin_inset space ~
38994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38996 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39003 \begin_layout Description
39005 \begin_inset space ~
39008 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39009 \begin_inset space ~
39013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39015 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39022 \begin_layout Description
39024 \begin_inset space ~
39027 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39028 \begin_inset space ~
39032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39034 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39041 \begin_layout Description
39042 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39043 \begin_inset space ~
39047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39049 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39056 \begin_layout Description
39058 \begin_inset space ~
39061 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39062 \begin_inset space ~
39066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39068 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39075 \begin_layout Description
39077 \begin_inset space ~
39080 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39081 \begin_inset space ~
39085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39087 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39094 \begin_layout Description
39096 \begin_inset space ~
39100 \begin_inset space ~
39103 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39104 \begin_inset space ~
39108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39110 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39117 \begin_layout Description
39119 \begin_inset space ~
39122 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39123 text line to the page border, see section
39124 \begin_inset space ~
39128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39130 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39137 \begin_layout Description
39139 \begin_inset space ~
39142 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39143 \begin_inset space ~
39147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39149 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39156 \begin_layout Description
39158 \begin_inset space ~
39161 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39162 text page to the page border, described in section
39163 \begin_inset space ~
39167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39169 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39176 \begin_layout Description
39178 \begin_inset space ~
39181 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39182 \begin_inset space ~
39186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39188 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39195 \begin_layout Description
39197 \begin_inset space ~
39201 \begin_inset space ~
39204 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39205 \begin_inset space ~
39209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39211 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39218 \begin_layout Subsection
39222 \begin_layout Standard
39223 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39224 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39226 \begin_inset space ~
39230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39232 reference "sec:toc"
39237 The index list is described in section
39238 \begin_inset space ~
39242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39244 reference "sec:Index"
39248 , the nomenclature in section
39249 \begin_inset space ~
39253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39255 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39259 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39260 \begin_inset space ~
39264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39266 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39273 \begin_layout Subsection
39277 \begin_layout Standard
39278 To insert floats, described in section
39279 \begin_inset space ~
39283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39285 reference "sec:Floats"
39292 \begin_layout Subsection
39296 \begin_layout Standard
39297 To insert notes, described in section
39298 \begin_inset space ~
39302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39304 reference "sec:Notes"
39311 \begin_layout Subsection
39315 \begin_layout Standard
39316 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39317 \begin_inset space ~
39321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39323 reference "sec:Branches"
39330 \begin_layout Subsection
39334 \begin_layout Standard
39335 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39336 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39338 An example is the document class
39339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39346 with three custom insets.
39349 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39355 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39358 \begin_layout Subsection
39360 \begin_inset Index idx
39363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39372 \begin_layout Standard
39373 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39374 files in your document.
39375 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39382 \begin_inset space ~
39390 \begin_layout Subsection
39392 \begin_inset Index idx
39395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39404 \begin_layout Standard
39405 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39406 \begin_inset space ~
39410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39412 reference "sec:Minipages"
39417 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39424 \begin_inset space ~
39432 \begin_layout Subsection
39436 \begin_layout Standard
39437 Inserts a citation as described in section
39438 \begin_inset space ~
39442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39444 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39451 \begin_layout Subsection
39455 \begin_layout Standard
39456 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39457 \begin_inset space ~
39461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39463 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39470 \begin_layout Subsection
39474 \begin_layout Standard
39475 Inserts a label as described in section
39476 \begin_inset space ~
39480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39482 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39489 \begin_layout Subsection
39491 \begin_inset Index idx
39494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39501 \begin_inset Index idx
39504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39505 Longtables ! Caption
39513 \begin_layout Standard
39514 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39515 Floats are described in section
39516 \begin_inset space ~
39520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39522 reference "sec:Floats"
39526 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39533 \begin_inset space ~
39541 \begin_layout Subsection
39545 \begin_layout Standard
39546 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39547 \begin_inset space ~
39551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39553 reference "sec:Index"
39560 \begin_layout Subsection
39564 \begin_layout Standard
39565 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
39566 \begin_inset space ~
39570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39572 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39579 \begin_layout Subsection
39583 \begin_layout Standard
39585 Tables are described in section
39586 \begin_inset space ~
39590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39592 reference "sec:Tables"
39599 \begin_layout Subsection
39603 \begin_layout Standard
39605 Graphics are described in section
39606 \begin_inset space ~
39610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39612 reference "sec:Graphics"
39619 \begin_layout Subsection
39623 \begin_layout Standard
39624 Inserts an URL as described in section
39625 \begin_inset space ~
39629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39631 reference "sub:URLs"
39638 \begin_layout Subsection
39642 \begin_layout Standard
39643 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
39644 \begin_inset space ~
39648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39650 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
39657 \begin_layout Subsection
39661 \begin_layout Standard
39662 Inserts a footnote, see section
39663 \begin_inset space ~
39667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39669 reference "sec:Footnotes"
39676 \begin_layout Subsection
39680 \begin_layout Standard
39681 Inserts a marginal note, see section
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39688 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
39695 \begin_layout Subsection
39699 \begin_layout Standard
39700 Inserts a short title, see section
39701 \begin_inset space ~
39705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39707 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
39714 \begin_layout Subsection
39718 \begin_layout Standard
39719 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
39720 \begin_inset space ~
39724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39726 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
39733 \begin_layout Subsection
39735 \begin_inset Index idx
39738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39747 \begin_layout Standard
39748 Inserts a program listings box.
39749 Program listings are explained in the chapter
39751 Program Code Listings
39756 \begin_inset space ~
39764 \begin_layout Subsection
39768 \begin_layout Standard
39769 Inserts the actual date.
39770 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
39772 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
39780 \begin_inset space ~
39788 \begin_layout Section
39790 \begin_inset Index idx
39793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39802 \begin_layout Standard
39803 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
39804 \begin_inset space ~
39807 of the current document.
39808 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
39811 \begin_layout Subsection
39815 \begin_layout Standard
39816 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
39817 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
39819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39823 \begin_inset space \space{}
39827 \begin_inset space ~
39831 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
39832 \begin_inset space ~
39835 2.5 and use the menu
39838 \begin_inset space ~
39842 \begin_inset space ~
39849 \begin_inset space ~
39855 \begin_inset space ~
39859 \begin_inset space ~
39865 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
39869 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
39875 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
39881 \begin_layout Standard
39882 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
39883 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
39886 \begin_layout Subsection
39887 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
39890 \begin_layout Standard
39891 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
39895 \begin_layout Subsection
39899 \begin_layout Standard
39900 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
39901 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
39902 on a cross-reference box.
39905 \begin_layout Subsection
39909 \begin_layout Standard
39910 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
39911 in the output, see section
39914 \begin_inset space ~
39922 \begin_inset space ~
39927 manual for a detailed description.
39930 \begin_layout Section
39932 \begin_inset Index idx
39935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39944 \begin_layout Subsection
39948 \begin_layout Standard
39949 Change Tracking is described in section
39950 \begin_inset space ~
39954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39956 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39963 \begin_layout Subsection
39968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39978 \begin_layout Standard
39979 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
39981 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
39984 \begin_layout Standard
39985 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
39990 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
39993 \begin_layout Subsection
39997 \begin_layout Standard
39998 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
39999 \begin_inset space ~
40003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40005 reference "sec:Navigating"
40010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40012 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40019 \begin_layout Subsection
40020 Start Appendix Here
40023 \begin_layout Standard
40024 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40025 position as described in section
40026 \begin_inset space ~
40030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40032 reference "sec:Appendices"
40039 \begin_layout Subsection
40043 \begin_layout Standard
40044 Un/compresses the current document.
40047 \begin_layout Subsection
40051 \begin_layout Standard
40052 The document settings are described in appendix
40053 \begin_inset space ~
40057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40059 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40066 \begin_layout Section
40068 \begin_inset Index idx
40071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40080 \begin_layout Subsection
40084 \begin_layout Standard
40085 Spell checking is explained in section
40086 \begin_inset space ~
40090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40092 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40099 \begin_layout Subsection
40103 \begin_layout Standard
40104 The thesaurus is described in section
40105 \begin_inset space ~
40109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40111 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40118 \begin_layout Subsection
40120 \begin_inset Index idx
40123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40130 \begin_inset Index idx
40133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40142 \begin_layout Standard
40143 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40147 \begin_layout Subsection
40149 \begin_inset Index idx
40152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40161 \begin_layout Standard
40162 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40165 \begin_layout Subsection
40167 \begin_inset Index idx
40170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40171 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40182 Reconfiguration of LyX
40186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40199 \begin_inset Index idx
40202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40203 Reconfiguration of LyX
40211 \begin_layout Standard
40212 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40213 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40214 \begin_inset space ~
40218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40220 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40227 \begin_layout Subsection
40231 \begin_layout Standard
40232 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40233 \begin_inset space ~
40237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40239 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
40246 \begin_layout Section
40248 \begin_inset Index idx
40251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40260 \begin_layout Standard
40261 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40263 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
40266 \begin_layout Standard
40270 \begin_inset space ~
40275 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40276 found by LyX (see also section
40277 \begin_inset space ~
40281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40283 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40290 \begin_layout Section
40292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40294 name "sec:Toolbars"
40301 \begin_layout Standard
40302 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40303 \begin_inset space ~
40307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40309 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40316 \begin_layout Standard
40317 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40318 This is described in the
40320 Additional Features
40325 \begin_layout Subsection
40327 \begin_inset Index idx
40330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40339 \begin_layout Standard
40340 \begin_inset Graphics
40341 filename ../clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40349 \begin_layout Standard
40350 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40356 \begin_layout Standard
40357 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40374 \begin_inset Note Note
40377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40378 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40383 manual for more information.
40391 \begin_layout Standard
40392 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40398 \begin_layout Standard
40399 \begin_inset Tabular
40400 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40401 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40402 <column alignment="center" valignment="top">
40403 <column alignment="center" valignment="top">
40405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40409 \begin_inset Graphics
40410 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40424 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40437 \begin_layout Standard
40438 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40444 \begin_layout Standard
40446 \begin_inset Tabular
40447 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40448 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40449 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
40450 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
40451 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40474 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40504 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40534 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40541 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40550 arg "dialog-show print"
40558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40564 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40571 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40580 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
40588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40594 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40601 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40624 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40631 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40654 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40661 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40684 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40691 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40714 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40721 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40744 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40751 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40760 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
40768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40774 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40798 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
40806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40812 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40813 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40820 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40841 Emphasize text, function of the
40843 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40845 \begin_inset space ~
40856 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40877 Set text to noun style, function of the
40879 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40881 \begin_inset space ~
40892 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40901 arg "textstyle-apply"
40909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40913 Formats text using the current settings in the
40915 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40917 \begin_inset space ~
40928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40951 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40952 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40954 \begin_inset space ~
40963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40972 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
40980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40986 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40993 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41000 arg "tabular-insert"
41008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41021 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41030 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41042 Toggle outline window on/off,
41044 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41051 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41060 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41072 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41078 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41087 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41099 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41112 \begin_layout Subsection
41114 \begin_inset Index idx
41117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41126 \begin_layout Standard
41127 \begin_inset Graphics
41128 filename ../clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41136 \begin_layout Standard
41137 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41143 \begin_layout Standard
41144 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41148 \begin_layout Standard
41149 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41155 \begin_layout Standard
41156 \begin_inset Tabular
41157 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41158 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41159 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
41160 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
41161 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41197 arg "layout Enumerate"
41205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41215 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41224 arg "layout Itemize"
41232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41242 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41278 arg "layout Description"
41286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41305 arg "depth-increment"
41313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41319 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41321 \begin_inset space ~
41325 \begin_inset space ~
41334 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41343 arg "depth-decrement"
41351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41357 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41359 \begin_inset space ~
41363 \begin_inset space ~
41372 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41381 arg "float-insert figure"
41389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41396 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41403 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41412 arg "float-insert table"
41420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41426 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41427 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41457 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41464 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41473 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41487 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41494 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41503 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41524 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41547 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41549 \begin_inset space ~
41558 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41567 arg "nomencl-insert"
41575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41581 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41583 \begin_inset space ~
41592 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41601 arg "footnote-insert"
41609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41615 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41622 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41631 arg "marginalnote-insert"
41639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41645 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41647 \begin_inset space ~
41656 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41679 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41680 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41682 \begin_inset space ~
41691 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41700 arg "box-insert Frameless"
41708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41721 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41744 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41751 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41774 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41791 \begin_inset space ~
41800 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41809 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
41817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41823 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41824 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41831 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41840 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
41848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41855 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41857 \begin_inset space ~
41866 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41875 arg "dialog-show character"
41883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41889 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41891 \begin_inset space ~
41900 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41909 arg "layout-paragraph"
41917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41923 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41925 \begin_inset space ~
41934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41943 arg "thesaurus-entry"
41951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41957 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41971 \begin_layout Subsection
41972 View / Update Toolbar
41973 \begin_inset Index idx
41976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41977 Toolbar ! View / Update
41985 \begin_layout Standard
41986 \begin_inset Graphics
41987 filename ../clipart/ViewToolbar.png
41994 \begin_layout Standard
41995 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42001 \begin_layout Standard
42002 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42006 \begin_layout Standard
42007 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42013 \begin_layout Standard
42014 \begin_inset Tabular
42015 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42016 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42017 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
42018 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
42019 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42042 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42049 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42058 arg "buffer-update"
42066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42072 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42079 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42088 arg "master-buffer-view"
42096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42102 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42109 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42118 arg "master-buffer-update"
42126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42132 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42134 \begin_inset space ~
42143 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42152 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42166 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42167 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42168 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42169 Synchronize with Output
42175 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42180 \begin_inset Graphics
42181 filename ../../images/view-others.png
42183 groupId toolbarbuttons
42194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42200 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42201 View (Other Formats)
42207 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42212 \begin_inset Graphics
42213 filename ../../images/update-others.png
42215 groupId toolbarbuttons
42224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42230 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42231 Update (Other Formats)
42244 \begin_layout Standard
42245 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42249 \begin_layout Subsection
42253 \begin_layout Standard
42254 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42255 \begin_inset space ~
42259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42261 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42265 , the table toolbar
42266 \begin_inset Index idx
42269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42278 \begin_inset space ~
42283 manual, the math macro toolbar
42284 \begin_inset Index idx
42287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42300 \begin_layout Chapter
42301 The Document Settings
42302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42304 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
42309 \begin_inset Index idx
42312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42313 Document ! Settings
42321 \begin_layout Standard
42322 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42323 whole document and is called with the menu
42325 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42329 You can save your document settings as default with th
42331 e Save as Document Defaults
42333 button in the dialog.
42334 This will create a template named
42338 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42342 \begin_layout Standard
42343 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42346 \begin_layout Section
42350 \begin_layout Standard
42351 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42353 Document classes are described in section
42354 \begin_inset space ~
42358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42360 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42365 Some classes use some class options by default.
42366 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42370 and you can decide to use them or not.
42371 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42372 recommended not to touch them.
42377 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
42382 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42383 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42389 When you want to use one of the following drivers
42390 \begin_inset Newline newline
42395 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42398 \begin_inset Newline newline
42401 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42406 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42408 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42420 \begin_layout Standard
42421 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42422 child or subdocument.
42423 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42424 without its master.
42425 This way child documents are always compilable.
42426 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42433 \begin_inset space ~
42441 \begin_layout Standard
42442 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
42452 \begin_inset Index idx
42455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42456 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
42462 \begin_inset Index idx
42465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42466 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
42471 for cross-references, see sec.
42472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42478 reference "sec:Cross-References"
42485 \begin_layout Section
42489 \begin_layout Standard
42490 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42491 Please refer to the section
42494 \begin_inset space ~
42502 \begin_inset space ~
42507 manual for details.
42510 \begin_layout Section
42514 \begin_layout Standard
42515 Modules are explained in section
42516 \begin_inset space ~
42520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42522 reference "sub:Modules"
42529 \begin_layout Section
42533 \begin_layout Standard
42535 \begin_inset space ~
42539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42541 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
42548 \begin_layout Section
42552 \begin_layout Standard
42553 The document font settings are described in section
42554 \begin_inset space ~
42558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42560 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42567 \begin_layout Section
42571 \begin_layout Standard
42572 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42574 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42578 \begin_layout Standard
42579 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
42580 That is impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
42581 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
42584 \begin_layout Section
42588 \begin_layout Standard
42589 A description of this menu is given in section
42590 \begin_inset space ~
42594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42596 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
42601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42603 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
42610 \begin_layout Section
42614 \begin_layout Standard
42615 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
42616 \begin_inset space ~
42620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42622 reference "sub:Margins"
42629 \begin_layout Section
42631 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42633 name "sec:Language-encodings"
42638 \begin_inset Index idx
42641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42642 Language ! Encoding
42650 \begin_layout Standard
42651 The document language and quote styles are set here.
42652 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
42653 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
42654 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
42655 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
42656 known for a particular character).
42660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42661 The known commands are defined in a text file (
42666 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
42671 manual for details.
42679 \begin_layout Standard
42680 If you use the option
42684 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
42685 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
42686 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
42687 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
42688 exactly one encoding.
42689 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
42692 \begin_layout Standard
42693 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
42694 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
42695 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
42696 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
42697 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
42698 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
42703 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
42704 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
42705 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
42706 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
42707 engines to standard LaTeX.
42708 Both engines support Unicode natively.
42709 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
42712 \begin_inset space ~
42719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42731 \begin_inset space ~
42738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42750 \begin_inset space ~
42756 \begin_inset space ~
42760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42762 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
42767 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
42771 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
42774 \begin_layout Standard
42778 \begin_inset space ~
42783 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
42785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42793 The possible settings are:
42796 \begin_layout Description
42797 Default is the package
42802 \begin_inset Index idx
42805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42806 LaTeX-packages ! babel
42814 \begin_layout Description
42815 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
42816 format you will use.
42817 For example for the XeTeX formats the package
42822 \begin_inset Index idx
42825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42826 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
42831 will be used instead of
42838 \begin_layout Description
42840 \begin_inset space ~
42843 Babel uses in every case
42850 \begin_layout Description
42851 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
42852 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
42856 (for German texts), type in
42859 \begin_inset Newline newline
42864 usepackage{ngerman}
42867 \begin_layout Description
42868 None will not use a language package.
42869 This necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
42872 \begin_layout Standard
42873 Here is a list with the important encodings:
42876 \begin_layout Description
42878 \begin_inset space ~
42882 \begin_inset space ~
42886 \begin_inset space ~
42893 , but the LaTeX-package
42898 \begin_inset Index idx
42901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42902 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42908 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
42909 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
42910 languages in TeX code.
42913 \begin_layout Description
42914 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
42915 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
42916 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
42919 \begin_layout Description
42921 \begin_inset space ~
42925 \begin_inset space ~
42928 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
42931 \begin_layout Description
42933 \begin_inset space ~
42937 \begin_inset space ~
42940 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
42943 \begin_layout Description
42945 \begin_inset space ~
42948 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
42951 \begin_layout Description
42953 \begin_inset space ~
42957 \begin_inset space ~
42960 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
42961 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
42964 \begin_layout Description
42966 \begin_inset space ~
42970 \begin_inset space ~
42973 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
42977 \begin_layout Description
42979 \begin_inset space ~
42983 \begin_inset space ~
42986 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
42987 ISO-8859-13 encoding
42990 \begin_layout Description
42992 \begin_inset space ~
42996 \begin_inset space ~
43000 \begin_inset space ~
43003 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43004 \begin_inset space ~
43010 \begin_layout Description
43012 \begin_inset space ~
43016 \begin_inset space ~
43020 \begin_inset space ~
43023 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43024 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43027 \begin_layout Description
43029 \begin_inset space ~
43033 \begin_inset space ~
43036 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43037 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43038 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43039 \begin_inset space ~
43043 \begin_inset space ~
43049 \begin_layout Description
43051 \begin_inset space ~
43055 \begin_inset space ~
43058 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43059 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43060 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43061 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43062 \begin_inset space ~
43066 \begin_inset space ~
43072 \begin_layout Description
43074 \begin_inset space ~
43078 \begin_inset space ~
43081 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43084 \begin_layout Description
43086 \begin_inset space ~
43090 \begin_inset space ~
43093 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43096 \begin_layout Description
43098 \begin_inset space ~
43102 \begin_inset space ~
43105 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43108 \begin_layout Description
43110 \begin_inset space ~
43113 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43116 \begin_layout Description
43118 \begin_inset space ~
43121 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43124 \begin_layout Description
43126 \begin_inset space ~
43130 \begin_inset space ~
43133 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43136 \begin_layout Description
43138 \begin_inset space ~
43142 \begin_inset space ~
43148 \begin_layout Description
43150 \begin_inset space ~
43154 \begin_inset space ~
43157 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43160 \begin_layout Description
43162 \begin_inset space ~
43166 \begin_inset space ~
43172 \begin_layout Description
43174 \begin_inset space ~
43178 \begin_inset space ~
43181 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43186 \begin_inset Index idx
43189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43190 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43195 , when using this, set the document language to
43200 \begin_layout Description
43202 \begin_inset space ~
43206 \begin_inset space ~
43209 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43213 , when using this, set the document language to
43216 \begin_inset space ~
43222 \begin_layout Description
43224 \begin_inset space ~
43228 \begin_inset space ~
43231 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43236 \begin_inset Index idx
43239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43240 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43245 , when using this, set the document language to
43250 \begin_layout Description
43252 \begin_inset space ~
43256 \begin_inset space ~
43259 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43263 , when using this, set the document language to
43268 \begin_layout Description
43270 \begin_inset space ~
43274 \begin_inset space ~
43277 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43281 , when using this, set the document language to
43286 \begin_layout Description
43288 \begin_inset space ~
43291 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43294 \begin_layout Description
43296 \begin_inset space ~
43300 \begin_inset space ~
43304 \begin_inset space ~
43307 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43310 \begin_layout Description
43312 \begin_inset space ~
43316 \begin_inset space ~
43320 \begin_inset space ~
43323 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43324 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43325 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43328 \begin_layout Description
43330 \begin_inset space ~
43334 \begin_inset space ~
43340 \begin_layout Description
43342 \begin_inset space ~
43346 \begin_inset space ~
43349 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43350 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43353 \begin_layout Description
43355 \begin_inset space ~
43359 \begin_inset space ~
43362 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43367 \begin_inset Index idx
43370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43371 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43376 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43379 \begin_layout Description
43381 \begin_inset space ~
43385 \begin_inset space ~
43388 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43396 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43401 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43403 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43406 \begin_layout Description
43408 \begin_inset space ~
43412 \begin_inset space ~
43415 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43420 \begin_inset Index idx
43423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43424 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43429 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43432 \begin_layout Description
43434 \begin_inset space ~
43437 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43442 \begin_inset Index idx
43445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43446 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43452 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43456 \begin_layout Description
43458 \begin_inset space ~
43462 \begin_inset space ~
43466 \begin_inset space ~
43469 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43470 \begin_inset space ~
43476 \begin_layout Description
43478 \begin_inset space ~
43482 \begin_inset space ~
43486 \begin_inset space ~
43489 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43490 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43491 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43495 \begin_layout Description
43497 \begin_inset space ~
43501 \begin_inset space ~
43505 \begin_inset space ~
43508 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43509 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43512 \begin_layout Standard
43513 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43517 LatexCommand formatted
43518 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43522 for more information on the language package.
43525 \begin_layout Section
43527 \begin_inset Index idx
43530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43537 \begin_inset Index idx
43540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43549 \begin_layout Standard
43550 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
43552 \begin_inset space ~
43555 out notes (default: light grey).
43560 sets the color back to the default.
43563 \begin_layout Standard
43564 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
43566 \begin_inset space ~
43569 boxes (default: red).
43572 \begin_layout Standard
43573 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43577 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
43579 \begin_inset space ~
43582 out note appears blue in the output.)
43590 \begin_layout Standard
43591 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
43594 \begin_inset space ~
43599 in the document settings under
43602 \begin_inset space ~
43607 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
43610 \begin_inset space ~
43618 \begin_inset space ~
43624 For example the option
43627 \begin_layout Standard
43633 \begin_layout Standard
43634 sets the link text color to black.
43635 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
43640 \begin_inset Index idx
43643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43644 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43650 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43659 \begin_layout Standard
43660 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
43666 \begin_layout Standard
43667 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
43668 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
43669 \begin_inset space ~
43672 Code behind a forced page break:
43675 \begin_layout Itemize
43676 For the page color:
43677 \begin_inset Newline newline
43684 pagecolor{color name}
43687 \begin_layout Itemize
43688 For the text color:
43689 \begin_inset Newline newline
43699 \begin_layout Standard
43700 The color name can hereby be one of these:
43733 \begin_inset Newline newline
43736 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
43740 \begin_layout Itemize
43741 For the page background color:
43742 \begin_inset Newline newline
43747 page_backgroundcolor
43750 \begin_layout Itemize
43751 For the main text color:
43752 \begin_inset Newline newline
43760 \begin_layout Itemize
43762 \begin_inset space ~
43765 box background color:
43766 \begin_inset Newline newline
43774 \begin_layout Itemize
43776 \begin_inset space ~
43779 out note text color:
43780 \begin_inset Newline newline
43788 \begin_layout Standard
43789 How to define and use custom colors, see section
43792 \begin_inset space ~
43800 \begin_inset space ~
43808 \begin_layout Section
43812 \begin_layout Standard
43813 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43814 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43815 \begin_inset space ~
43819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43821 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43828 \begin_layout Section
43832 \begin_layout Standard
43833 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43838 \begin_inset Index idx
43841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43842 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43852 \begin_inset Index idx
43855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43856 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43862 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
43867 \begin_inset Index idx
43870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43871 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43876 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43878 For a further description see section
43879 \begin_inset space ~
43883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43885 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43892 \begin_layout Section
43896 \begin_layout Standard
43897 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43898 and you can define additional indexes.
43899 Please refer to section
43900 \begin_inset space ~
43904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43906 reference "sec:Index"
43913 \begin_layout Section
43917 \begin_layout Standard
43918 The PDF properties are explained in section
43919 \begin_inset space ~
43923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43925 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
43932 \begin_layout Section
43936 \begin_layout Standard
43937 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
43942 \begin_inset Index idx
43945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43946 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
43956 \begin_inset Index idx
43959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43960 LaTeX-packages ! esint
43970 \begin_inset Index idx
43973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43974 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
43984 \begin_inset Index idx
43987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43988 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
43993 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
43996 \begin_layout Description
43997 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
43998 ensure that you have enabled
44001 \begin_inset space ~
44009 \begin_layout Description
44010 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44013 \begin_inset space ~
44025 \begin_layout Description
44026 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44037 \begin_layout Description
44038 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44040 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44049 \begin_layout Section
44053 \begin_layout Standard
44054 The float placement options are described in section
44057 \begin_inset space ~
44065 \begin_inset space ~
44073 \begin_layout Section
44077 \begin_layout Standard
44078 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44080 Program Code Listings
44085 \begin_inset space ~
44093 \begin_layout Section
44097 \begin_layout Standard
44098 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44099 The itemize environment is described in section
44100 \begin_inset space ~
44104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44106 reference "sec:Itemize"
44113 \begin_layout Section
44117 \begin_layout Standard
44118 Branches are described in section
44119 \begin_inset space ~
44123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44125 reference "sec:Branches"
44132 \begin_layout Section
44134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44136 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44143 \begin_layout Standard
44144 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44147 \begin_layout Description
44149 \begin_inset space ~
44153 \begin_inset space ~
44156 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44176 View Master Document
44177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44184 Update Master Document
44185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44192 menu or the toolbar.
44193 The default is set in
44195 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44196 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44205 LatexCommand formatted
44206 reference "sec:File-Formats"
44213 \begin_layout Description
44215 \begin_inset space ~
44219 \begin_inset space ~
44222 Output settings for the menu
44224 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44226 \begin_inset space ~
44232 For a detailed description see section
44234 Reverse DVI/PDF search
44239 \begin_inset space ~
44247 \begin_layout Description
44249 \begin_inset space ~
44253 \begin_inset space ~
44256 Options settings for the export format
44264 \begin_inset space ~
44269 will assure that the output follows exactly version
44270 \begin_inset space ~
44273 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
44277 \begin_inset space ~
44282 settings are described in detail in section
44284 Math Output in XHTML
44289 \begin_inset space ~
44295 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
44298 \begin_layout Section
44303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44313 \begin_layout Standard
44314 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44315 to define LaTeX-commands.
44316 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44317 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44321 \begin_layout Standard
44322 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44323 \begin_inset space ~
44327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44329 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44336 \begin_layout Chapter
44342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44344 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
44349 \begin_inset Index idx
44352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44361 \begin_layout Standard
44362 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44364 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44368 It has the following submenus.
44371 \begin_layout Section
44375 \begin_layout Subsection
44379 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44380 User Interface File
44381 \begin_inset Index idx
44384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44385 Customization ! of toolbars
44391 \begin_inset Index idx
44394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44395 Customization ! of menus
44403 \begin_layout Standard
44404 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44412 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
44421 \begin_layout Standard
44422 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44423 interface (ui) file.
44424 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44425 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44434 Both files are loaded by the
44439 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44440 files and edit the entries.
44443 \begin_layout Standard
44444 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44456 entries must be ended with an explicit
44481 and in the case of the
44482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44494 The syntax for the entries is:
44497 \begin_layout Standard
44498 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44526 \begin_layout Standard
44528 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44531 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
44533 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44535 \begin_inset space ~
44543 \begin_layout Standard
44544 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44550 \begin_layout Standard
44551 An example: Assuming you use the menu
44553 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44556 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
44560 \begin_layout Standard
44561 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44585 \begin_layout Standard
44587 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44590 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
44593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44597 \begin_layout Standard
44600 Enable tool tips in main work area
44602 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
44606 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44610 \begin_layout Standard
44614 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44621 restoring of window layout and geometries
44623 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
44624 in the last LyX session.
44627 \begin_layout Standard
44630 Restore cursor positions
44632 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
44636 \begin_layout Standard
44639 Load opened files from last session
44641 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
44644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44648 name "sub:Backup documents"
44653 \begin_inset Index idx
44656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44665 \begin_layout Standard
44670 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
44673 \begin_layout Standard
44678 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
44681 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44683 \begin_inset space ~
44691 \begin_layout Standard
44694 Open documents in tabs
44696 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
44700 \begin_layout Subsection
44702 \begin_inset Index idx
44705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44714 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
44721 \begin_layout Standard
44722 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
44725 \begin_layout Standard
44726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44734 This section only deals with the fonts
44739 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
44742 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44743 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44754 \begin_layout Standard
44755 By default, LyX uses
44759 as roman (serif) font,
44767 (depends on the system) as
44770 \begin_inset space ~
44786 \begin_layout Standard
44787 You can change the font size with the
44792 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
44793 current LyX session by pressing
44797 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44800 \begin_layout Standard
44805 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44806 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44811 points have the size of 1
44812 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44816 \begin_inset space ~
44820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44822 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44829 \begin_layout Standard
44834 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44839 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44840 \begin_inset space ~
44844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44846 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44853 \begin_layout Standard
44856 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44858 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44859 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44860 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44861 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44863 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44864 \begin_inset space ~
44870 \begin_layout Subsection
44872 \begin_inset Index idx
44875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44882 \begin_inset Index idx
44885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44894 \begin_layout Standard
44895 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44896 Choose an item in the list and use the
44903 \begin_layout Subsection
44905 \begin_inset Index idx
44908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44917 \begin_layout Standard
44918 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44921 \begin_layout Standard
44926 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44927 This feature is described in section
44928 \begin_inset space ~
44932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44934 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44941 \begin_layout Standard
44945 \begin_inset space ~
44949 \begin_inset space ~
44953 \begin_inset space ~
44958 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
44961 \begin_layout Section
44963 \begin_inset Index idx
44966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44975 \begin_layout Subsection
44979 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44983 \begin_layout Standard
44986 Cursor follows scrollbar
44988 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
44992 \begin_layout Standard
44995 Sort environments alphabetically
44997 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45000 \begin_layout Standard
45003 Group environments by their category
45005 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45008 \begin_layout Standard
45009 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
45021 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45025 \begin_layout Standard
45026 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
45031 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
45032 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
45036 \begin_layout Subsection
45038 \begin_inset Index idx
45041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45048 \begin_inset Index idx
45051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45052 Settings ! Shortcuts
45060 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45064 \begin_layout Standard
45065 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
45066 Several binding files are available:
45069 \begin_layout Description
45070 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
45073 \begin_layout Description
45074 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
45085 \begin_layout Description
45086 mac.bind set of bindings for
45089 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45097 \begin_layout Standard
45098 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
45102 , and bind files for special languages.
45103 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
45104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45108 \begin_inset space \space{}
45112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45120 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
45124 \begin_layout Standard
45125 Some bind-files, like
45129 , have only a small scope.
45130 When looking at the end of the file
45134 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
45137 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45141 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
45146 \begin_inset Index idx
45149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45150 Key Bindings ! Editing
45158 \begin_layout Standard
45159 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
45160 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
45161 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
45164 Show key-bindings containing
45167 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
45168 Insert there for example as keyword
45169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45176 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
45178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45186 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
45187 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
45191 that you will find in the
45198 \begin_layout Standard
45200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45204 \begin_inset space \space{}
45215 , select the function and press the
45220 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
45221 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
45222 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
45223 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
45224 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
45226 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
45228 The binding for the function
45232 is an example of this.
45235 \begin_layout Standard
45236 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
45238 The syntax of the entries is:
45241 \begin_layout Standard
45247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45265 \begin_layout Subsection
45267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45269 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
45274 \begin_inset Index idx
45277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45284 \begin_inset Index idx
45287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45288 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45296 \begin_layout Standard
45297 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45298 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45304 \begin_inset space \space{}
45307 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45308 can use the keyboard map file named
45315 \begin_layout Standard
45316 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45324 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45332 \begin_layout Standard
45333 Besides this, you can specify here the
45335 Wheel scrolling speed
45338 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45342 \begin_layout Subsection
45344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45346 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
45351 \begin_inset Index idx
45354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45363 \begin_layout Standard
45364 Input completion is described in sec.
45365 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45371 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
45376 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
45378 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
45379 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
45383 \begin_layout Section
45385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45392 \begin_inset Index idx
45395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45402 \begin_inset Index idx
45405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45414 \begin_layout Description
45416 \begin_inset space ~
45419 directory This is LyX's working directory.
45420 It is the default when you
45431 \begin_inset space ~
45439 \begin_layout Description
45441 \begin_inset space ~
45444 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
45446 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45448 \begin_inset space ~
45452 \begin_inset space ~
45460 \begin_layout Description
45462 \begin_inset space ~
45465 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
45471 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45475 \begin_inset Newline newline
45479 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45491 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
45499 \begin_layout Description
45501 \begin_inset space ~
45505 \begin_inset Index idx
45508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45514 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
45515 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
45516 \begin_inset space ~
45520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45522 reference "sub:Backup documents"
45530 will be used to save the backups.
45531 \begin_inset Newline newline
45534 The backup files have the ending
45535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45545 \begin_layout Description
45550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45557 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
45558 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
45559 \begin_inset Newline newline
45566 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
45567 You can edit this file with the program
45576 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
45579 \begin_inset space ~
45585 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
45590 and click on the LyX-symbol.
45591 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
45597 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
45598 \begin_inset Newline newline
45602 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45610 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
45618 \begin_layout Description
45620 \begin_inset space ~
45623 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
45626 \begin_layout Description
45628 \begin_inset space ~
45631 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
45632 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
45633 to find it on the system.
45634 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
45635 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
45637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45644 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
45645 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
45649 \begin_layout Section
45653 \begin_layout Standard
45654 Here you can insert your name and email address.
45655 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
45657 \begin_inset space ~
45661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45663 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
45667 , to mark changes you make as yours.
45670 \begin_layout Section
45672 \begin_inset Index idx
45675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45676 Language ! Settings
45682 \begin_inset Index idx
45685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45686 Settings ! Language
45694 \begin_layout Subsection
45696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45698 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
45705 \begin_layout Description
45707 \begin_inset space ~
45711 \begin_inset space ~
45714 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
45715 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
45716 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
45717 You find the actual translation status here:
45718 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45720 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45721 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45728 \begin_layout Description
45730 \begin_inset space ~
45733 language is the language used in new documents
45736 \begin_layout Description
45738 \begin_inset space ~
45741 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
45743 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
45744 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
45745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45761 The most widespread language package is
45766 \begin_inset Index idx
45769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45770 LaTeX-packages ! babel
45775 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
45776 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
45777 with the alternative language package
45782 \begin_inset Index idx
45785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45786 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
45791 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
45792 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
45794 The available selections are described in sec.
45795 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45801 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
45808 \begin_layout Description
45810 \begin_inset space ~
45814 \begin_inset space ~
45817 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
45821 \begin_layout Description
45823 \begin_inset space ~
45826 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45827 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45828 An example is the start command
45834 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45839 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45854 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45859 \begin_layout Description
45861 \begin_inset space ~
45869 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45870 command toggles the package on and off.
45873 \begin_layout Description
45875 \begin_inset space ~
45879 \begin_inset space ~
45882 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45883 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45884 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45885 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45892 \begin_layout Description
45894 \begin_inset space ~
45897 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45899 When this option is not set, the
45902 \begin_inset space ~
45907 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45908 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45911 \begin_inset space ~
45919 \begin_layout Description
45921 \begin_inset space ~
45927 \begin_inset space ~
45933 When it is not set, the
45936 \begin_inset space ~
45941 is set to the end of the document.
45944 \begin_layout Description
45946 \begin_inset space ~
45950 \begin_inset space ~
45953 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
45954 language will be underlined blue.
45957 \begin_layout Description
45959 \begin_inset space ~
45963 \begin_inset space ~
45966 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45967 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45970 \begin_layout Description
45972 \begin_inset space ~
45975 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45976 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45977 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45978 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
45981 \begin_layout Subsection
45985 \begin_layout Standard
45986 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
45987 \begin_inset space ~
45991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45993 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
46000 \begin_layout Section
46004 \begin_layout Subsection
46006 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46013 \begin_inset Index idx
46016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46023 \begin_inset Index idx
46026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46035 \begin_layout Description
46037 \begin_inset space ~
46040 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
46041 The name will be used when the
46046 \begin_inset Newline newline
46050 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46058 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
46066 \begin_layout Description
46068 \begin_inset space ~
46071 command is the command LyX
46072 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46076 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46079 LaTeX uses for printing.
46080 The default is on most systems
46087 \begin_layout Description
46089 \begin_inset space ~
46093 \begin_inset space ~
46096 Options Here you can specify printer options.
46097 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
46098 of the program that provides the
46105 \begin_layout Description
46107 \begin_inset space ~
46111 \begin_inset space ~
46115 \begin_inset space ~
46118 printer This option works only for the
46123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46135 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
46136 This is an option only for dvips experts.
46139 \begin_layout Subsection
46141 \begin_inset Index idx
46144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46151 \begin_inset Index idx
46154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46155 Settings ! Date format
46163 \begin_layout Standard
46164 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
46165 \begin_inset Newline newline
46169 \begin_inset Flex URL
46172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46174 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
46180 \begin_inset Newline newline
46183 For example the format
46184 \begin_inset Newline newline
46188 \begin_inset Newline newline
46191 prints the date as day/month/year.
46194 \begin_layout Subsection
46198 \begin_layout Description
46200 \begin_inset space ~
46204 \begin_inset space ~
46207 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
46210 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46211 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46213 \begin_inset space ~
46219 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
46223 \begin_layout Description
46225 \begin_inset space ~
46228 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
46233 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
46234 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
46237 \begin_layout Subsection
46242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46252 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46257 \begin_inset Index idx
46260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46269 \begin_layout Description
46274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46282 \begin_inset space ~
46285 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
46290 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
46312 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
46313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46325 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
46326 LyX sets up in the background.
46327 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
46330 \begin_layout Description
46332 \begin_inset space ~
46336 \begin_inset space ~
46339 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
46344 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
46347 \begin_layout Standard
46348 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
46349 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
46350 manuals of the applications.
46351 Currently the following commands can be set:
46354 \begin_layout Description
46359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46367 \begin_inset space ~
46370 command Command for the program
46374 that is described in the section
46380 Additional Features
46385 \begin_layout Description
46390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46398 \begin_inset space ~
46401 command Command for the program
46405 that generates the bibliography, see section
46406 \begin_inset space ~
46410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46412 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
46419 \begin_layout Description
46421 \begin_inset space ~
46424 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
46425 \begin_inset space ~
46429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46431 reference "sub:Index-Program"
46438 \begin_layout Description
46440 \begin_inset space ~
46443 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
46444 \begin_inset space ~
46448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46450 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
46457 \begin_layout Description
46459 \begin_inset space ~
46463 \begin_inset space ~
46467 \begin_inset space ~
46471 \begin_inset space ~
46474 options They only have an effect when the program
46478 is used as DVI-viewer.
46481 \begin_layout Standard
46482 There are additionally the following options:
46485 \begin_layout Description
46487 \begin_inset space ~
46491 \begin_inset space ~
46495 \begin_inset space ~
46499 \begin_inset space ~
46503 \begin_inset space ~
46506 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
46507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46524 to separate folders.
46525 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
46526 \begin_inset Index idx
46529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46536 \begin_inset Index idx
46539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46548 \begin_layout Description
46550 \begin_inset space ~
46554 \begin_inset space ~
46558 \begin_inset space ~
46562 \begin_inset space ~
46566 \begin_inset space ~
46570 \begin_inset space ~
46573 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
46575 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46578 dialog when changing the document class.
46581 \begin_layout Section
46583 \begin_inset space ~
46587 \begin_inset Index idx
46590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46599 \begin_layout Subsection
46601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46603 name "sub:Converters"
46608 \begin_inset Index idx
46611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46620 \begin_layout Standard
46621 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
46622 from one format to another.
46623 You can modify them or create new ones.
46624 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
46631 \begin_inset space ~
46641 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
46645 \begin_inset space ~
46650 drop-down list, modify the
46654 field, and press the
46661 \begin_layout Standard
46664 Converter File Cache
46666 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
46669 Maximum Age (in days
46672 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
46673 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
46676 \begin_layout Standard
46677 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
46678 the converter definition, is described in the section
46689 \begin_layout Subsection
46691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46693 name "sec:File-Formats"
46698 \begin_inset Index idx
46701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46708 \begin_inset Index idx
46711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46720 \begin_layout Standard
46721 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
46722 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
46726 \begin_layout Standard
46727 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
46728 is described in the section
46739 \begin_layout Standard
46740 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
46741 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
46742 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
46743 This is done by specifying a
46748 More about this is described in the section
46759 \begin_layout Chapter
46760 Units available in LyX
46761 \begin_inset Index idx
46764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46773 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46780 \begin_layout Standard
46781 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46784 reference "cap:Units"
46788 explains all units available in LyX.
46791 \begin_layout Standard
46792 \begin_inset Float table
46798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46799 \begin_inset Caption Standard
46801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46817 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46825 \begin_inset Tabular
46826 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46827 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
46828 <column alignment="center" valignment="top">
46829 <column alignment="center" valignment="top">
46831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46953 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46957 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46980 scaled point (65536
46981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47041 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
47045 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47073 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47096 % of original image width
47103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47289 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47310 \begin_layout Chapter
47312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47321 \begin_layout Standard
47322 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
47323 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
47326 \begin_layout Itemize
47329 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
47332 \begin_layout Itemize
47338 \begin_layout Itemize
47344 \begin_layout Itemize
47350 \begin_layout Itemize
47356 \begin_layout Itemize
47362 \begin_layout Itemize
47368 \begin_layout Itemize
47374 \begin_layout Itemize
47377 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
47380 \begin_layout Itemize
47386 \begin_layout Itemize
47392 \begin_layout Itemize
47398 \begin_layout Itemize
47404 \begin_layout Itemize
47410 \begin_layout Itemize
47416 \begin_layout Itemize
47422 \begin_layout Itemize
47428 \begin_layout Itemize
47430 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47439 \begin_layout Standard
47440 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47443 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
47450 \begin_layout Bibliography
47451 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47452 LatexCommand bibitem
47459 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47462 target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
47467 \begin_inset Newline newline
47471 \begin_inset Flex URL
47474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47476 http://www.lyx.org/Credits
47484 \begin_layout Bibliography
47485 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47486 LatexCommand bibitem
47487 key "latexcompanion"
47491 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
47493 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
47496 Addison-Wesley, 2004
47499 \begin_layout Bibliography
47500 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47501 LatexCommand bibitem
47506 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
47509 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
47512 Addison-Wesley, 2003
47515 \begin_layout Bibliography
47516 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47517 LatexCommand bibitem
47524 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
47527 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
47530 \begin_layout Bibliography
47531 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47532 LatexCommand bibitem
47544 Addison-Wesley, 1984
47547 \begin_layout Bibliography
47548 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47549 LatexCommand bibitem
47555 \begin_inset Newline newline
47559 \begin_inset Flex URL
47562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47564 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
47572 \begin_layout Bibliography
47573 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47574 LatexCommand bibitem
47580 \begin_inset Newline newline
47584 \begin_inset Flex URL
47587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47589 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
47597 \begin_layout Bibliography
47598 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47599 LatexCommand bibitem
47605 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47607 name "Documentation"
47608 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
47617 \begin_inset Newline newline
47621 \begin_inset Flex URL
47624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47626 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
47634 \begin_layout Bibliography
47635 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47636 LatexCommand bibitem
47642 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47644 name "Documentation"
47645 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
47649 how to use the program
47654 \begin_inset Newline newline
47658 \begin_inset Flex URL
47661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47663 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
47671 \begin_layout Bibliography
47672 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47673 LatexCommand bibitem
47679 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47681 name "Documentation"
47682 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
47691 \begin_inset Newline newline
47695 \begin_inset Flex URL
47698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47700 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
47708 \begin_layout Bibliography
47709 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47710 LatexCommand bibitem
47716 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47718 name "Documentation"
47719 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
47728 \begin_inset Newline newline
47732 \begin_inset Flex URL
47735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47737 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
47745 \begin_layout Bibliography
47746 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47747 LatexCommand bibitem
47753 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47755 name "Documentation"
47756 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf"
47760 of the LaTeX-package
47765 \begin_inset Index idx
47768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47769 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47775 \begin_inset Newline newline
47779 \begin_inset Flex URL
47782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47784 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf
47792 \begin_layout Bibliography
47793 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47794 LatexCommand bibitem
47800 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47802 name "Documentation"
47803 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
47807 of the LaTeX-package
47812 \begin_inset Index idx
47815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47816 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47822 \begin_inset Newline newline
47826 \begin_inset Flex URL
47829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47831 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
47839 \begin_layout Bibliography
47840 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47841 LatexCommand bibitem
47847 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47849 name "Documentation"
47850 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
47854 of the LaTeX-package
47859 \begin_inset Index idx
47862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47863 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
47869 \begin_inset Newline newline
47873 \begin_inset Flex URL
47876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47878 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
47886 \begin_layout Bibliography
47887 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47888 LatexCommand bibitem
47894 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47896 name "Documentation"
47897 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
47901 of the LaTeX-package
47906 \begin_inset Index idx
47909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47910 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
47916 \begin_inset Newline newline
47920 \begin_inset Flex URL
47923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47925 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
47933 \begin_layout Bibliography
47934 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47935 LatexCommand bibitem
47941 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47943 name "Documentation"
47944 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
47948 of the LaTeX-package
47953 \begin_inset Index idx
47956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47957 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
47963 \begin_inset Newline newline
47967 \begin_inset Flex URL
47970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47972 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
47980 \begin_layout Bibliography
47981 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47982 LatexCommand bibitem
47988 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47990 name "Documentation"
47991 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
47995 of the LaTeX-package
48000 \begin_inset Index idx
48003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48004 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
48010 \begin_inset Newline newline
48014 \begin_inset Flex URL
48017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48019 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
48027 \begin_layout Bibliography
48028 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48029 LatexCommand bibitem
48035 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48037 name "Documentation"
48038 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
48042 of the LaTeX-package
48047 \begin_inset Index idx
48050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48051 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
48057 \begin_inset Newline newline
48061 \begin_inset Flex URL
48064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48066 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
48074 \begin_layout Bibliography
48075 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48076 LatexCommand bibitem
48082 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48085 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
48089 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
48090 \begin_inset Newline newline
48094 \begin_inset Flex URL
48097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48099 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
48107 \begin_layout Bibliography
48108 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48109 LatexCommand bibitem
48115 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48118 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
48122 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
48123 \begin_inset Newline newline
48127 \begin_inset Flex URL
48130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48132 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
48140 \begin_layout Bibliography
48141 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48142 LatexCommand bibitem
48148 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48151 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
48155 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
48156 \begin_inset Newline newline
48160 \begin_inset Flex URL
48163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48165 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48173 \begin_layout Bibliography
48174 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48175 LatexCommand bibitem
48181 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48184 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48188 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48189 \begin_inset Newline newline
48193 \begin_inset Flex URL
48196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48198 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
48206 \begin_layout Bibliography
48207 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48208 LatexCommand bibitem
48214 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48217 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
48221 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
48222 \begin_inset Newline newline
48226 \begin_inset Flex URL
48229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48231 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
48239 \begin_layout Bibliography
48240 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48241 LatexCommand bibitem
48247 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48250 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
48254 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
48255 \begin_inset Newline newline
48259 \begin_inset Flex URL
48262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48264 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
48272 \begin_layout Bibliography
48273 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48274 LatexCommand bibitem
48280 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48283 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
48287 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
48288 \begin_inset Newline newline
48292 \begin_inset Flex URL
48295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48297 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
48305 \begin_layout Bibliography
48306 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48307 LatexCommand bibitem
48313 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48316 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
48320 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
48321 \begin_inset Newline newline
48325 \begin_inset Flex URL
48328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48330 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
48338 \begin_layout Bibliography
48339 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48340 LatexCommand bibitem
48346 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48349 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
48353 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
48354 \begin_inset Newline newline
48358 \begin_inset Flex URL
48361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48363 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
48371 \begin_layout Bibliography
48372 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48373 LatexCommand bibitem
48379 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48382 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
48386 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
48387 \begin_inset Newline newline
48391 \begin_inset Flex URL
48394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48396 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
48404 \begin_layout Bibliography
48405 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48406 LatexCommand bibitem
48412 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48415 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
48419 about new features in
48424 \begin_inset Newline newline
48428 \begin_inset Flex URL
48431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48433 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
48441 \begin_layout Standard
48442 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48476 \begin_inset Note Note
48479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48486 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
48487 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
48488 bibliography is the second one:
48496 \begin_layout Standard
48497 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
48498 LatexCommand bibtex
48499 bibfiles "../biblio/LyXDocs"
48500 options "../biblio/alphadin"
48507 \begin_layout Standard
48508 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
48511 \begin_layout Standard
48512 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
48513 LatexCommand printnomenclature
48519 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
48520 LatexCommand printindex